You are on page 1of 362

Modem META Tool

User Manual
Customer Support
MT6001

Doc No: CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN


Version: V1.9
Release date: 2019-11-20
Classification: Confidential B

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.


Customer Support
MT6001

MediaTek Confidential
Keywords
User Manual

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Postal address
No. 1, Dusing 1st Rd. , Hsinchu Science
Park, Hsinchu City, Taiwan 30078

MTK support office address


No. 1, Dusing 1st Rd. , Hsinchu Science
Park, Hsinchu City, Taiwan 30078

Internet
http://www.mediatek.com/

Classification:Confidential B

2 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Document Revision History

Document Revision History

Revision Date Description


V1.0 2017-07-15 Initial release
V1.1 2017-09-28 Update 3.1 Basic configuration
MediaTek Confidential

V1.2 2018-04-23 Update


3.3 NVRAM Editor
3.4 IMEI Download
3.5 Get Version
3.12 Modem Meta Console Tool
4 META- RF Calibration
V1.3 2018-07-18 Update layout arrangement
Updated 3.3 tool log setting
Updated 3.4 target log setting
Added 3.16 Clear log
Added 3.17 Enable/disable open database
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Added 3.9 LID Category Customization


New 4.4 MEID Tool
Update 5.1 Update parameter
New 5.2 GP RF Tool
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

New 5.3 Lab Tuing


Update 5.4 RF calibration
Update 5.5 GSM RF Tool
© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Update 5.6 WCDMA RF Tool


Update 5.7 TDSCDMA RF Tool
Update 5.8 LTE RF Tool
Update 5.9 C2K RF Tool
Updated 6 Modem Meta Console Tool figure and table

V1.4 2018-11-15 Update M50 related chapters and figures


5.2.2 M50 series user interface
5.5.1.2 M50 series user interface
5.5.2.2 M50 series user interface
5.5.3.2 M50 series user interface
5.6.1.2 M50 series user interface
5.6.2.2 M50 series user interface
5.6.3.2 M50 series user interface
5.6.4.2 M50 series user interface
5.6.4.2.a Start testing
Figure 5 75 [M50] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM PM test
5.6.5.2 M50 series user interface
Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5 80 [M50] GSM Path Loss


5.6.5.2.a Read / Write the calibration data
5.6.5.2.b Import / Export the calibration data
5.6.6.2 M50 series user interface
5.6.6.2.a Start / Stop testing
Figure 5 86 [M50] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM Continuous RX
5.6.7.2 M50 series user interface
5.6.8.2 M50 series user interface
5.6.9.2 M50 series user interface
5.6.10.2 M50 series user interface
5.6.11.2 M50 series user interface
5.6.12.2 M50 series user interface
5.6.13.2 M50 series user interface
5.6.14.2 M50 series user interface
5.6.15.1 M50 series user interface
5.6.15.1.a Start calculating
5.7.1.2 M50 series user interface
5.7.2.2 M50 series user interface
5.7.3.2 M50 series user interface
5.7.4.2 M50 series user interface

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 3

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Document Revision History

5.7.5.2 M50 series user interface


5.7.6.2 M50 series user interface
5.7.7.2 M50 series user interface
5.7.8.3 M50 series user interface
5.8.1.2 M50 series user interface
5.8.2.2 M50 series user interface
5.8.3.2 M50 series user interface
5.8.4.2 M50 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
5.8.5.2 M50 series user interface
5.8.6.2 M50 series user interface
5.8.7.2 M50 series user interface
5.9.1.2 M50 series user interface
5.9.2.2 M50 series user interface
Figure 5 189 [M50] LTE RSSI
5.9.2.2.a Start testing
5.9.3.2.b Import / Export the calibration data
5.9.4.2 M50 series user interface
5.9.5.2 M50 series user interface
5.9.6.2 M50 series user interface
5.9.6.2.a Start / Stop testing

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


5.9.6.2.b Fetch Power Detector value
5.9.7.2 M50 series user interface
Figure 5 218 [M50] LTE PUSCH TX
5.9.7.2.a Start / Stop testing

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5 219 [M50]Click [Start] button to trigger LTE PUSCH TX
5.9.8.2 M50 series user interface
5.9.9.2 M50 series user interface

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


5.9.10.2 M50 series user interface
Figure 5 226 [M50] LTE SRS TX
5.9.10.2.a Start / Stop testing
Figure 5 227 [M50] Click [Start] button to trigger LTE PRACH TX
5.9.11.2 M50 series user interface
Figure 5 231 [M50] LTE TPC Profile
5.9.11.2.a Read / Write the calibration data
Figure 5 232 [M50] [Read] and [Write] button in LTE TPC profile
5.9.11.2.bImport / Export the calibration data
Figure 5 233 [M50] [Import] and [Export] button in LTE TPC profile
5.9.12.2 M50 series user interface
5.9.14.2 M50 series user interface
5.10.1.2 M50 series user interface
5.10.3.2 M50 series user interface
5.10.4.2 M50 series user interface
5.10.5.2 M50 series user interface
5.10.6.2 M50 series user interface
5.10.7.2 M50 series user interface

Classification:Confidential B
V1.5 2018-02-22 5.4.3.1 Enable read only mode for item selection
3.4.9 Get memory dump
5.9.14.2 M50 series user interface
V1.6 2019-04-16 1. Platform options introduction
2. Telematics connection method
3. Multiple windows usage

V1.7 2019/06/12 Updated 3.4.6 Modem log to the target’s SD Card


Updated 3.4.9 Get memory dump
New- 3.16 Rules of auto find USB com port through VID/PID
Updated Figure 6-1[Console Tool] Config_maui.xml
New section-6.Console Tool-e.RF Calibration section
Added 6. Console-figures[6-14]
Updated 6. Console figures [6-21]
V1.8 2019-6-20 Updated 3.2.2 COM port baud rate
Updated connection settings in 3.6, 3.7, 3.8
Updated figures related to COM port
Updated Chapter 6 figure[6-2],table[ 6-3]

4 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Document Revision History

V1.9 2019-10-03 New chapter 3.4.10 Get UART log


New chapter 3.17 SLA
Updated 5.6 GSM RF Tool of PM-M70
Updated all figure to WIN10 format
Updated EPSK profile and GMSK profile
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 5

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Document Revision History ............................................................................................................................... 3


Table of Contents.............................................................................................................................................. 6

MediaTek Confidential
Lists of Tables ................................................................................................................................................. 12
Lists of Figures ................................................................................................................................................ 14
1 Introduction ......................................................................................................................................... 28

1.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................................... 28

1.2 Environment requirement ............................................................................................................... 29

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


2 Installation ........................................................................................................................................... 30
3 Main Form ............................................................................................................................................ 33

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


3.1 GUI Introduction .............................................................................................................................. 33

3.2 Option platform setting ................................................................................................................... 34

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


3.2.1 Platform types ................................................................................................................ 35

3.2.2 COM port and baud rate ................................................................................................ 36

3.3 Option tool log setting ..................................................................................................................... 36

3.4 Option target log setting .................................................................................................................. 36

3.4.1 How to enable Target Log .............................................................................................. 37

3.4.2 MD/AP log ...................................................................................................................... 39

3.4.3 Advanced configuration UI ............................................................................................. 40

3.4.4 Modem log to Catcher/ELT ............................................................................................ 41

Classification:Confidential B
3.4.5 Modem log to PC file ...................................................................................................... 43

3.4.6 Modem log to the target’s SD Card ................................................................................ 45

3.4.7 AP log to GAT .................................................................................................................. 46

3.4.8 AP log to PC file .............................................................................................................. 48

3.4.9 Get memory dump ......................................................................................................... 49

3.4.10 Get UART log .................................................................................................................. 54

3.5 Option disconnect setting ................................................................................................................ 56

3.6 Connect with the target by UART..................................................................................................... 58

3.7 Connect with the target by USB ....................................................................................................... 58

3.8 Connect to a telematics target ......................................................................................................... 59

6 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Table of Contents

3.9 Start sub-tools .................................................................................................................................. 61

3.10 Get modem information .................................................................................................................. 62

3.11 Load NVRAM database..................................................................................................................... 63

3.12 Switch dual modem .......................................................................................................................... 63


MediaTek Confidential

3.13 Switch multiple modem type ........................................................................................................... 64

3.14 Enable modem META mode logging ................................................................................................ 64

3.14.1 Log to PC file mode......................................................................................................... 65

3.14.2 Log to Catcher/ELT ......................................................................................................... 66

3.15 Apply modem log filter to target...................................................................................................... 68


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

3.15.1 Enable AP META mode logging ...................................................................................... 69

3.15.2 Clear log .......................................................................................................................... 72


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

3.15.3 Enable/disable open database ....................................................................................... 73

3.16 Rules of auto find USB com port through VID/PID ........................................................................... 74
© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

3.16.1 Modem Only ......................................................................................................................... 74

3.16.2 SmartPhone ........................................................................................................................... 75

3.17 SLA....................................................................................................................................................... 76

3.17.1 AP SLA ............................................................................................................................. 76

3.17.2 Modem SLA ........................................................................................................................... 77

4 Platform Tools ...................................................................................................................................... 79

4.1 Get Version ....................................................................................................................................... 79

4.2 NVRAM Editor .................................................................................................................................. 80


Classification:Confidential B

4.2.1 LID tree and RID tree ...................................................................................................... 82

4.2.2 LID filter region ............................................................................................................... 83

4.2.3 Format region ................................................................................................................. 83

4.2.4 Read from NVRAM ......................................................................................................... 83

4.2.5 Edit the value of the field ............................................................................................... 84

4.2.6 Write to NVRAM ............................................................................................................. 84

4.2.7 Export to file ................................................................................................................... 84

4.2.8 Import from file .............................................................................................................. 85

4.2.9 LID Category Customization ........................................................................................... 85

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 7

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Table of Contents

4.3 IMEI Download ................................................................................................................................. 86

4.3.1 Read / Write IMEI ........................................................................................................... 87

4.3.2 Import / Export IMEI....................................................................................................... 88

4.4 MEID Download ............................................................................................................................... 90

MediaTek Confidential
4.4.1 Read / Write MEID ......................................................................................................... 90

4.4.2 Import / Export MEID ..................................................................................................... 92

5 RF Tools ................................................................................................................................................ 94

5.1 Update parameter ............................................................................................................................ 94

5.1.1 RAT support indicator .................................................................................................... 95

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


5.1.2 Read / Write the calibration parameter ......................................................................... 96

5.1.3 Import / Export the calibration parameter .................................................................... 97

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


5.1.4 Runtime status update ................................................................................................... 98

5.1.5 Stop action ................................................................................................................... 100

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


5.2 GP RF Tool ...................................................................................................................................... 100

5.2.1 M21 series user interface ............................................................................................. 101

5.2.2 M50 series user interface ............................................................................................. 103

5.3 Lab Tuning ...................................................................................................................................... 103

5.3.1 Start action/ Runtime status update ............................................................................ 105

5.3.2 File configure ................................................................................................................ 105

5.3.3 Tuning item selection ................................................................................................... 107

5.4 RF Calibration ................................................................................................................................. 108

Classification:Confidential B
5.4.1 Start action/ Runtime status update ............................................................................ 110

5.4.2 File configure ................................................................................................................ 110

5.4.3 Calibration / Testing item selection ............................................................................. 112

5.4.4 Pack log utility .............................................................................................................. 116

5.5 Multi-RAT RF Tool .......................................................................................................................... 116

5.5.1 MultiRatTadc Control ................................................................................................... 118

5.5.2 Tas ................................................................................................................................ 121

5.5.3 Mipi CW ........................................................................................................................ 122

5.6 GSM RF Tool ................................................................................................................................... 124

8 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Table of Contents

5.6.1 AFC Control................................................................................................................... 126

5.6.2 AFC DAC Sweep ............................................................................................................ 131

5.6.3 Crystal AFC Control ....................................................................................................... 135

5.6.4 PM ................................................................................................................................ 138


MediaTek Confidential

5.6.5 Path Loss....................................................................................................................... 142

5.6.6 Continuous RX .............................................................................................................. 150

5.6.7 Continuous TX .............................................................................................................. 153

5.6.8 Multi-Slot TX ................................................................................................................. 154

5.6.9 TX Level ........................................................................................................................ 156


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

5.6.10 Inter Slot Ramp ............................................................................................................. 158

5.6.11 GMSK Profile ................................................................................................................ 160


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

5.6.12 GMSK Graphic Ramp .................................................................................................... 165

5.6.13 EPSK Profile .................................................................................................................. 169


© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

5.6.14 EPSK Graphic Ramp ...................................................................................................... 175

5.6.15 RX Gain Calculator ........................................................................................................ 179

5.7 WCDMA RF Tool ............................................................................................................................. 180

5.7.1 AFC Control ........................................................................................................................... 183

5.7.2 AFC Sweep .................................................................................................................... 187

5.7.3 RSSI ............................................................................................................................... 190

5.7.4 Path Loss....................................................................................................................... 198

5.7.5 RSCP.............................................................................................................................. 204


Classification:Confidential B

5.7.6 PRACH TX ...................................................................................................................... 206

5.7.7 DPCH TX ........................................................................................................................ 207

5.7.8 TPC Profile .................................................................................................................... 210

5.7.9 MIPI TPA Profile ............................................................................................................ 214

5.7.10 DPD PA Profile .............................................................................................................. 216

5.8 TDSCDMA RF Tool .......................................................................................................................... 219

5.8.1 AFC Control................................................................................................................... 220

5.8.2 RSSI ............................................................................................................................... 224

5.8.3 Path Loss....................................................................................................................... 225

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 9

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Table of Contents

5.8.4 Continuous RX .............................................................................................................. 228

5.8.5 Continuous TX .............................................................................................................. 229

5.8.6 DPCH TX ........................................................................................................................ 230

5.8.7 TPC Profile .................................................................................................................... 232

MediaTek Confidential
5.8.8 Baseband Register ........................................................................................................ 235

5.9 LTE RF Tool ..................................................................................................................................... 237

5.9.1 AFC Control................................................................................................................... 238

5.9.2 RSSI ............................................................................................................................... 241

5.9.3 RX PathLoss .................................................................................................................. 247

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


5.9.4 Continuous RX .............................................................................................................. 258

5.9.5 RSRP/RSRQ RX .............................................................................................................. 262

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


5.9.6 RSRP/RSRQ Rx Force mode .......................................................................................... 265

5.9.7 Single Tone TX .............................................................................................................. 266

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


5.9.8 PUSCH TX ...................................................................................................................... 270

5.9.9 PUCCH TX Force mode ................................................................................................. 274

5.9.10 PUCCH TX ..................................................................................................................... 274

5.9.11 PRACH TX ...................................................................................................................... 276

5.9.12 SRS TX ........................................................................................................................... 277

5.9.13 TPC Profile .................................................................................................................... 279

5.9.14 RF Diagram ................................................................................................................... 287

5.9.15 DPD PA Profile .............................................................................................................. 288

Classification:Confidential B
5.9.16 Temp. Coefficient Generator ........................................................................................ 292

5.10 C2K RF Tool..................................................................................................................................... 295

5.10.1 AFC Control................................................................................................................... 297

5.10.2 Temperature ADC ......................................................................................................... 301

5.10.3 RX ................................................................................................................................. 304

5.10.4 RX Path Loss ................................................................................................................. 306

5.10.5 TX .................................................................................................................................. 308

5.10.6 TPC Profile .................................................................................................................... 311

5.10.7 DPD Profile ................................................................................................................... 315

10 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Table of Contents

5.10.8 MIPI TPA Profile ............................................................................................................ 319

5.10.9 Temperature Coefficient .............................................................................................. 320

5.10.10 FHC ............................................................................................................................... 321

5.10.11 NSFT.............................................................................................................................. 324


MediaTek Confidential

5.10.12 Debug ........................................................................................................................... 325

5.11 NR RF Tool ...................................................................................................................................... 328

5.11.1 RSSI 330

5.11.2 RX PathLoss ....................................................................................................................... 332

5.11.3 Continuous RX .............................................................................................................. 337


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

5.11.4 RSRP Force Mode ......................................................................................................... 337

5.11.5 RSRP Normal Mode ...................................................................................................... 339


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

5.11.6 Single Tone TX .............................................................................................................. 342

5.11.7 APT Profile .................................................................................................................... 345


© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

5.11.8 Forced PUSCH TX .......................................................................................................... 350

5.11.9 Normal PUSCH TX ......................................................................................................... 351

6 Console Tool ....................................................................................................................................... 353

6.1 Console mode operation..................................................................................................................... 361

6.2 Use command line steps to open the console mode .......................................................................... 361
Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 11

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Lists of Tables

Lists of Tables

Table 3-1 Connection stage icons ......................................................................................................................... 34


Table 4-1 [NVRAM Editor] LID support options .................................................................................................... 83

MediaTek Confidential
Table 4-2LID [NVRAM Editor] Category Customization ......................................................................................... 86
Table 5-1the meaning of indicator background color in Updateparmaeter ......................................................... 95
Table 5-2 [Lab Tuning] Brief descriptions of file configure................................................................................ 106
Table 5-3 [Lab Tuning] Brief descriptions of item selection .............................................................................. 107
Table 5-4 [RF Calibration] Brief descriptions of file configure .......................................................................... 111
Table 5-5 [RF Calibration] Brief descriptions of calibration/testing item configuration .................................. 113

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Table 5-6 [LTE Temp. Coefficient] Brief descriptions of item configuration ..................................................... 292
Table 5-7 [M50][LTE Temp. Coefficient] Brief descriptions of item configuration ........................................... 294

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Table 6-1 [Console Tool] The key string of Platform type.................................................................................. 354
Table 6-2 [Console Tool] The key string of ComPortType .................................................................................... 354

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Table 6-3 [Console Tool] The key string of ComPort ........................................................................................... 354
Table 6-4 [Console Tool] The key string of EnableADBServier ............................................................................ 354
Table 6-5 [Console Tool] The key string of EnableSwitchModemMode .............................................................. 354
Table 6-6 [Console Tool] The key string of SoftwareType ................................................................................... 355
Table 6-7 [Console Tool] The key string of DB ..................................................................................................... 355
Table 6-8 [Console Tool] The key string of OutputCalibrationDataFilePath ........................................................ 355
Table 6-9 [Console Tool] The key string of CalibrationFilePath ........................................................................... 355
Table 6-10 [Console Tool] The key string of IMEI ................................................................................................ 356
Table 6-11 [Console Tool] The key string of MEID............................................................................................... 356
Table 6-12 [Console Tool] The key string of DumpRamDiskFilePath ................................................................... 356

Classification:Confidential B
Table 6-13 [Console Tool] The key string of ToolLogPath .................................................................................... 356
Table 6-14 [Console Tool] The key string of ComportLogEnable ........................................................................ 357
Table 6-15 [Console Tool] The key string of ModemLogto ................................................................................. 357
Table 6-16 [Console Tool] The key string of ModemLogPath .............................................................................. 357
Table 6-17 [Console Tool] The key string of ModemLogFilter ............................................................................. 357
Table 6-18 [Console Tool] The key string of APLogto .......................................................................................... 357
Table 6-19 [Console Tool] The key string of APLogPath ...................................................................................... 357
Table 6-20 [Console Tool] The key string of Backup ............................................................................................ 358
Table 6-21 [Console Tool] The key string of AfterDisconnect ............................................................................. 358
Table 6-22 [Console Tool] The key string of ClearMetaBootModeFlag ............................................................... 358
Table 6-23 [Console Tool] The key string of ApDB .............................................................................................. 358

12 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Lists of Tables

Table 6-24 [Console Tool] The key string of CfgFilePath ..................................................................................... 359
Table 6-25 [Console Tool] The key string of IniFilePath ...................................................................................... 359
Table 6-26 [Console Tool] The key string of ResultFileName .............................................................................. 359
Table 6-27 [Console Tool] The key string of ResultFolderPath ............................................................................ 360
Table 6-28 [Console Tool] The key string of CalTestExportedFilePath ................................................................ 360
MediaTek Confidential

Table 6-29 [Console Tool] The key string of BackupCalData ............................................................................... 360
Table 6-30 [Console Tool] The key string of IncreaseBarCodeWhenSuccess/ IncreaseBarCodeWhenFailed ..... 360
Table 6-31 [Console Tool] The key string of StopWhenFailed ............................................................................. 360
Table 6-32 [Console Tool] The key string of ApDbPath ....................................................................................... 360
Table 6-33 [Console Tool] The key string of Md1DbPath .................................................................................... 361
Table 6-34 [Console Tool] Modem META console mode operation .................................................................... 361
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 13

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Lists of Figures

Lists of Figures

Figure 2-1 [Installation] Please click [Next >] button. ........................................................................................... 30


Figure 2-2 [Installation] Please select a directory to install and then click [Install] button. ................................. 31

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 2-3 [Installation] The Installation is complete, please click [Finish] button. .............................................. 32
Figure 3-1 GUI introduction – before connection ................................................................................................. 33
Figure 3-2 GUI introduction - connecting ............................................................................................................. 34
Figure 3-3 Option platform setting ....................................................................................................................... 35
Figure 3-4 Option tool log setting ......................................................................................................................... 36
Figure 3-5 Open target log setting ........................................................................................................................ 37

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Figure 3-6 Enable the target log ........................................................................................................................... 38
Figure 3-7 Target log default set ........................................................................................................................... 38

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Figure 3-8 GAT....................................................................................................................................................... 38
Figure 3-9 Connect to Modem meta .................................................................................................................... 39

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 3-10 MD log path ....................................................................................................................................... 39
Figure 3-11 AP log path......................................................................................................................................... 40
Figure 3-12 Expand the target log setting ............................................................................................................. 40
Figure 3-13 Modem log options ........................................................................................................................... 40
Figure 3-14 AP log options .................................................................................................................................... 41
Figure 3-15 Log to Catcher/ELT ............................................................................................................................. 41
Figure 3-16 ELT target logging mode .................................................................................................................... 41
Figure 3-17 Connect to Modem META ................................................................................................................. 42
Figure 3-18 Select the Conn. Mode ...................................................................................................................... 42
Figure 3-19 Modem META connect with ELT ........................................................................................................ 43

Classification:Confidential B
Figure 3-20 Set ELT target filter............................................................................................................................. 43
Figure 3-21 Modem log to PC file ......................................................................................................................... 43
Figure 3-22 Set log folder path ............................................................................................................................. 44
Figure 3-23 Set target filter path .......................................................................................................................... 44
Figure 3-24 Create a filter bin file ......................................................................................................................... 45
Figure 3-25 Connect to Modem META with Modem log to “PC File” ................................................................... 45
Figure 3-26 Select “Log to Target’s SD Card” ........................................................................................................ 46
Figure 3-27 Connect to Modem META with Modem log to”Target’s SD Card”..................................................... 46
Figure 3-28 AP log to GAT ..................................................................................................................................... 46
Figure 3-29 Run GAT ............................................................................................................................................. 47
Figure 3-30 Connect to Modem META with AP log to “GAT” ............................................................................... 47

14 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Lists of Figures

Figure 3-31 Execute GAT and the tool setting ....................................................................................................... 48


Figure 3-32 Select Log to PC File ........................................................................................................................... 48
Figure 3-33 Set Log Folder Path ............................................................................................................................ 48
Figure 3-34 Connect to META with AP log to “PC File” ......................................................................................... 48
Figure 3-35 The status of disable log .................................................................................................................... 49
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 3-36 Modem META accesses the modem exception ................................................................................. 49


Figure 3-37 Log to Catcher/ELT ............................................................................................................................. 49
Figure 3-38 Memory dump via ELT ....................................................................................................................... 50
Figure 3-39 Log to PC file ...................................................................................................................................... 50
Figure 3-40 The MODEM EXCEPTION message and Memory Dump progress ..................................................... 51
Figure 3-41 Memory dump successfully ............................................................................................................... 51
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 3-42 The memory dump bin file ................................................................................................................ 51


Figure 3-43 Log to Targets’s SD Card ..................................................................................................................... 52
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 3-44 The MODEM EXCEPTION message and Memory Dump progress ..................................................... 52
Figure 3-45 Memory dump successfully ............................................................................................................... 52
© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 3-46 The MODEM EXCEPTION message and Memory Dump progress ..................................................... 53
Figure 3-47 Memory dump successfully ............................................................................................................... 53
Figure 3-48 Memory dump when disable the modem log ................................................................................... 54
Figure 3-49 The preview of Tera Term application ................................................................................................ 54
Figure 3-50 Step1: Select the comport number of the debug board .................................................................... 55
Figure 3-51 Step2: Select the serial port speed to "921600" ............................................................................... 55
Figure 3-52 Step3: Enable the function of log to file ............................................................................................ 56
Figure 3-53 Step4: Connect to META Tool ............................................................................................................ 56
Figure 3-54 Option disconnect setting .................................................................................................................. 57
Figure 3-55 Connect with the target by UART ...................................................................................................... 58
Classification:Confidential B

Figure 3-56 Connect with the target by USB......................................................................................................... 59


Figure 3-57 Connect to the telematics target ....................................................................................................... 60
Figure 3-58 Check target’s mode by adb command ............................................................................................. 60
Figure 3-59 Check target’s mode by port status ................................................................................................... 61
Figure 3-60 Start sub-tools ................................................................................................................................... 61
Figure 3-61 Get modem information .................................................................................................................... 62
Figure 3-62 Load NVRAM database ...................................................................................................................... 63
Figure 3-63 Switch dual modem ........................................................................................................................... 63
Figure 3-64 Switch multiple modem type ............................................................................................................. 64
Figure 3-65 Log to PC file mode ............................................................................................................................ 65

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 15

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Lists of Figures

Figure 3-66 Catcher logging .................................................................................................................................. 66


Figure 3-67 ELT logging ......................................................................................................................................... 66
Figure 3-68 Set Catcher database path ................................................................................................................. 66
Figure 3-69 Set ELT database path ....................................................................................................................... 66
Figure 3-70 Meta mode logging in Catcher .......................................................................................................... 67

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 3-71 Meta mode logging in ELT.................................................................................................................. 67
Figure 3-72 Meta Catcher/ELT mode .................................................................................................................... 68
Figure 3-73 Apply modem log filter to target ....................................................................................................... 69
Figure 3-74 Enable AP META mode logging .......................................................................................................... 70
Figure 3-75 Log to PC file mode ............................................................................................................................ 71
Figure 3-76 GAT .................................................................................................................................................... 71

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Figure 3-77 Log to GAT .......................................................................................................................................... 72
Figure 3-78 Clear log ............................................................................................................................................ 73

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Figure 3-79 Enable/disable open database .......................................................................................................... 73
Figure 3-80 META com port filter setting .............................................................................................................. 74

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 3-81 ELT com port filter setting .................................................................................................................. 75
Figure 3-82 Preloader & BootRom com port filter setting .................................................................................... 75
Figure 3-83 Kernel com port filter setting ............................................................................................................. 75
Figure 3-84 Debug com port filter setting ............................................................................................................ 75
Figure 3-85 Security setting for AP SLA ................................................................................................................. 76
Figure 3-86 SLA_Challenge.dll path ...................................................................................................................... 77
Figure 3-87 Modem SLA warning message ........................................................................................................... 78
Figure 4-1 Select [Get version] button from main selection menu ...................................................................... 79
Figure 4-2 Click [Read] button to get version ....................................................................................................... 80
Figure 4-3 Result of getting target version............................................................................................................ 80
Figure 4-4 Select [NVRAM Editor] button from main selection menu .................................................................. 81 Classification:Confidential B

Figure 4-5 [NVRAM Editor] Main page ................................................................................................................. 82


Figure 4-6 [NVRAM Editor] Drag the splitter bar .................................................................................................. 82
Figure 4-7 [NVRAM Editor] Expand/collapse more nodes .................................................................................... 82
Figure 4-8 [NVRAM Editor] LID filter region.......................................................................................................... 83
Figure 4-9 Click [Read] button to read a record from NVRAM ............................................................................. 84
Figure 4-10 [NVRAM Editor] Edit the value of the field ........................................................................................ 84
Figure 4-11 [NVRAM Editor] Save the selected record to target .......................................................................... 84
Figure 4-12 [NVRAM Editor] Export to file ............................................................................................................ 85
Figure 4-13 [NVRAM Editor] Import from file ....................................................................................................... 85

16 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Lists of Figures

Figure 4-14 Select [IMEI download] button from main selection menu............................................................... 87
Figure 4-15 Click [Read] button to read IMEI from target .................................................................................... 87
Figure 4-16 Result of read IMEI from target ......................................................................................................... 87
Figure 4-17 Click [Write] button to write IMEI to target ....................................................................................... 88
Figure 4-18 Result of write IMEI to target ............................................................................................................ 88
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 4-19 Click [Import] button to import IMEI from file .................................................................................. 88
Figure 4-20 Result of import IMEI from file .......................................................................................................... 89
Figure 4-21 Click [Export] button to import IMEI to file ....................................................................................... 89
Figure 4-22 Result of import IMEI to file .............................................................................................................. 89
Figure 4-23 Select [MEID download] button from main selection menu ............................................................. 90
Figure 4-24 Click [Read] button to read MEID from target ................................................................................... 91
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 4-25 Result of read MEID from target ........................................................................................................ 91


Figure 4-26 Click [Write] button to write MEID to target ..................................................................................... 91
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 4-27 Result of write MEID to target ........................................................................................................... 92


Figure 4-28 Click [Import] button to import MEID from file ................................................................................. 92
© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 4-29 Result of import MEID from file ......................................................................................................... 92


Figure 4-30 Click [Export] button to export MEID to file ...................................................................................... 93
Figure 4-31 Result of export MEID to file.............................................................................................................. 93
Figure 5-1 Select [UpdateParameter] from main selection menu ........................................................................ 94
Figure 5-2 [Update parameter] Main page ........................................................................................................... 95
Figure 5-3 Context menu in the Update parameter ............................................................................................. 95
Figure 5-4 [Updateparameter] LTE indicator with red background sample .......................................................... 96
Figure 5-5 [Read] and [Write] button in Update Parameter ................................................................................. 96
Figure 5-6 [Import] button in Update Parameter ................................................................................................. 97
Figure 5-7 [Export] button in Update Parameter .................................................................................................. 98
Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-8 Runtime info in Updateparameter ....................................................................................................... 99


Figure 5-9 [Updateparameter] Item executed failed sample ................................................................................ 99
Figure 5-10 [Updateparameter] Clicking stop sample ........................................................................................ 100
Figure 5-11 Select [GP RF Tool] from main selection menu ................................................................................ 101
Figure 5-12 Load database first before launching GP RF Tool ............................................................................. 101
Figure 5-13 [GP RF Tool] Main UI ........................................................................................................................ 102
Figure 5-14 [GP RF Tool] Tree structure with Peer Buffer ................................................................................... 102
Figure 5-15 [GP RF Tool] Context menu of a tree structure ................................................................................ 103
Figure 5-16 Select [Lab Tuning] from main selection menu ............................................................................... 104
Figure 5-17 [Lab tuning] main page .................................................................................................................... 105

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 17

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Lists of Figures

Figure 5-18 [Lab Tuning] File configure ............................................................................................................... 106


Figure 5-19 [Lab Tuning] Runtime status sample for the empty field of necessary file ...................................... 106
Figure 5-20 [Lab Tuning] File configuration folded sample ................................................................................. 106
Figure 5-21 [Lab Tuning] Tuning Item selection .................................................................................................. 107
Figure 5-22 [Lab Tuning] Context menu .............................................................................................................. 108

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 5-23 Select [RF Calibration] from main selection menu .......................................................................... 109
Figure 5-24 [RF Calibration] main page .............................................................................................................. 110
Figure 5-25 [RF Calibration] Runtime status update sample .............................................................................. 110
Figure 5-26 [RF Calibration] File configure.......................................................................................................... 111
Figure 5-27 [RF Calibration] Runtime status sample for the empty field of necessary file ................................. 111
Figure 5-28 [RF Calibration] AP DB field ............................................................................................................. 111

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Figure 5-29 [RF Calibration] Scenario of all the MD DB field case ...................................................................... 112
Figure 5-30 [RF calibration] File configuration folded sample ............................................................................ 112

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-31 [RF Calibration] Calibration/Testing Item configure......................................................................... 113
Figure 5-32 [RF Calibration] Option hint label sample ........................................................................................ 113

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-33 [RF Calibration] Error message sample of no item being selected .................................................. 114
Figure 5-34 [RF Calibration] context menu ......................................................................................................... 114
Figure 5-35 [RF Calibration] Check the calibration or testing type configuration ............................................... 114
Figure 5-36 [RF Calibration] Check status notice ................................................................................................ 114
Figure 5-37 [RF Calibration] Enable read only mode setting .............................................................................. 115
Figure 5-38 [RF Calibration] After enabling read only mode for item section sample ....................................... 115
Figure 5-39 Pack log utility for RF calibration ..................................................................................................... 116
Figure 5-40 Select [Multi-RAT RF Tool] from main selection menu .................................................................... 117
Figure 5-41 Select [Multi-RAT RF Tool] from main selection menu .................................................................... 117
Figure 5-42 [Multi-RAT RF Tool] Select RF page form context menu ................................................................. 118
Figure 5-43 [RF Tool] Example of making the layout by yourself ........................................................................ 118 Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-44 [M21] Multi-RAT TADC ..................................................................................................................... 119


Figure 5-45 [M21] Temperature indicator of TADC calibration data. .................................................................. 119
Figure 5-46 [M21] Click [Fetch ADC] button to fetch ADC result ........................................................................ 120
Figure 5-47 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in MultiRAT TADC ........................................................................ 120
Figure 5-48 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in MultiRAT TADC ................................................................... 121
Figure 5-49 [M21] Multi-RAT RF tool Tas ............................................................................................................ 122
Figure 5-50 [M21] Click [Start] button to set Tas state ....................................................................................... 122
Figure 5-51 [M21]Multi-RAT RF tool MipiCW ..................................................................................................... 123
Figure 5-52 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in Multi-RAT RF tool MipiCW ...................................................... 124

18 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Lists of Figures

Figure 5-53 Select [GSM RF Tool] from main selection menu ............................................................................ 125
Figure 5-54 Select [GSM RF Tool] from main selection menu ............................................................................ 125
Figure 5-55 [GSM RF Tool] Select RF page form context menu .......................................................................... 126
Figure 5-56 [GSM RF Tool] Example of making the layout by yourself ............................................................... 126
Figure 5-57 [M21] GSM AFC Control................................................................................................................... 127
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 5-58 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM AFC test ......................................................................... 128
Figure 5-59 [M21] Click [Calculate] button to calculate the GSM Init-AFC DAC and Slope ................................ 129
Figure 5-60 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM AFC control ..................................................................... 130
Figure 5-61 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in GSM AFC control ................................................................ 131
Figure 5-62 [M21] GSM AFC DAC Sweep ............................................................................................................ 132
Figure 5-63 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM AFC DAC sweep test ...................................................... 133
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 5-64 [M21] GSM AFC DAC sweep test runtime result.............................................................................. 134
Figure 5-65 [M21] Export the GSM AFC DAC sweep test result to file ............................................................... 135
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-66 [M21] GSM Crystal AFC Control ....................................................................................................... 136


Figure 5-67 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM Crystal AFC Control test ................................................. 136
© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-68 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM Crystal AFC control ......................................................... 137
Figure 5-69 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in GSM Crystal AFC control .................................................... 138
Figure 5-70 [M21] GSM PM (1) ........................................................................................................................... 139
Figure 5-71 [M21] GSM PM (2) ........................................................................................................................... 139
Figure 5-72 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM PM test (1) ..................................................................... 140
Figure 5-73 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM PM test (2) ..................................................................... 140
Figure 5-74 [M50] GSM PM ................................................................................................................................ 141
Figure 5-75 [M50] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM PM test .......................................................................... 141
Figure 5-76 [M70] GSM PM ............................................................................................................................... 142
Figure 5-77 [M21] GSM Path Loss (1) ................................................................................................................. 143
Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-78 [M21] GSM Path Loss (2) ................................................................................................................. 143


Figure 5-79 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM Path Loss (1) ................................................................... 144
Figure 5-80 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM Path Loss (2) ................................................................... 144
Figure 5-81 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in GSM Path Loss (1) .............................................................. 145
Figure 5-82 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in GSM Path Loss (2) .............................................................. 145
Figure 5-83 [M50] GSM Path Loss....................................................................................................................... 147
Figure 5-84 [M50] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM Path Loss ........................................................................ 148
Figure 5-85 [M50] [Import] and [Export] button in GSM Path Loss .................................................................... 149
Figure 5-86 [M21] GSM Continuous RX (1) ......................................................................................................... 151
Figure 5-87 [M21] GSM Continuous RX (2) ......................................................................................................... 151

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 19

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Lists of Figures

Figure 5-88 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM Continuous RX (1) .......................................................... 152
Figure 5-89 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM Continuous RX (2) .......................................................... 152
Figure 5-90 [M50] GSM Continuous RX .............................................................................................................. 153
Figure 5-91 [M50] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM Continuous RX ............................................................... 153
Figure 5-92 [M21] GSM Continuous TX .............................................................................................................. 153

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 5-93 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM Continuous TX ............................................................... 154
Figure 5-94 [M21] GSM Multi-Slot TX ................................................................................................................. 155
Figure 5-95 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM Multi-Slot TX .................................................................. 155
Figure 5-96 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM Multi-Slot TX .................................................................. 156
Figure 5-97 [M21] GSM TX Level ........................................................................................................................ 157
Figure 5-98 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM TX Level ......................................................................... 157

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Figure 5-99 [M21] [Fetch] button in GSM TX Level ............................................................................................. 158
Figure 5-100 [M21] GSM Inter Slot Ramp ........................................................................................................... 158

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-101 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM Inter Slot Ramp ............................................................ 159
Figure 5-102 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in GSM Inter Slot Ramp ........................................................ 159

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-103 [M21] GSM GMSK Profile .............................................................................................................. 160
Figure 5-104 [M21-MT2731] GSM GMSK Profile ................................................................................................ 161
Figure 5-105 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM GMSK profile ................................................................ 162
Figure 5-106 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in GSM GMSK profile ........................................................... 163
Figure 5-107 [M21] GSM GMSK Graphic Ramp .................................................................................................. 165
Figure 5-108 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM GMSK Graphic Ramp .................................................... 166
Figure 5-109 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in GSM GMSK Graphic Ramp ............................................... 167
Figure 5-110 [M21] Before adjust GMSK profile data in GSM GMSK Graphic Ramp .......................................... 168
Figure 5-111 [M21] After adjust GMSK profile data in GSM GMSK Graphic Ramp ............................................ 169
Figure 5-112 [M21] GSM EPSK Profile ................................................................................................................ 170
Figure 5-113 [M21-MT2731] GSM EPSK Profile .................................................................................................. 171 Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-114 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM EPSK profile .................................................................. 172
Figure 5-115 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in GSM EPSK profile ............................................................. 173
Figure 5-116 [M21] GSM EPSK Graphic Ramp .................................................................................................... 175
Figure 5-117 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM EPSK Graphic Ramp ...................................................... 176
Figure 5-118 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in GSM EPSK Graphic Ramp ................................................. 177
Figure 5-119 [M21] Before adjust EPSK profile data in GSM EPSK Graphic Ramp .............................................. 178
Figure 5-120 [M21] After adjust EPSK profile data in GSM EPSK Graphic Ramp ................................................ 179
Figure 5-121 [M50] GSM RX Gain Calculator ...................................................................................................... 179
Figure 5-122 [M50] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM RX Gain Calculator ....................................................... 180

20 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Lists of Figures

Figure 5-123 Select [WCDMA RF Tool] from main selection menu .................................................................... 181
Figure 5-124 Select [WCDMA RF Tool] from main selection menu .................................................................... 181
Figure 5-125 [WCDMA RF Tool] Select RF page form context menu .................................................................. 182
Figure 5-126 [WCDMA RF Tool] Example of making the layout by yourself ....................................................... 182
Figure 5-127 [M21]WCDMA AFC Control ........................................................................................................... 183
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 5-128 [M21]Click [Start] button to trigger AFC test ................................................................................. 184
Figure 5-129 [M21] Click [Calculate] button to calculate the WCDMA Init-AFC DAC and Slope ........................ 185
Figure 5-130 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in WCDMA AFC control ............................................................. 186
Figure 5-131 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in WCDMA AFC control ........................................................ 187
Figure 5-132 [M21] WCDMA AFC Sweep ............................................................................................................ 188
Figure 5-133 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger WCDMA AFC sweep test ...................................................... 189
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 5-134 [M21] WCDMA AFC sweep test runtime result ............................................................................. 190
Figure 5-135 [M21] Export the WCDMA AFC sweep test result to file ............................................................... 190
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-136 [M21] WCDMA RSSI ....................................................................................................................... 191


Figure 5-137 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger RSSI test ............................................................................... 192
© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-138 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger Cont. RX test ........................................................................ 193
Figure 5-139 [M21] Click [Calculate] button to get RX gain information ............................................................ 194
Figure 5-140 [M70] WCDMA RSSI ....................................................................................................................... 195
Figure 5-141 [M70] Click [Start] button to trigger RSSI test ............................................................................... 196
Figure 5-142 [M70] Click [Start] button to trigger Cont. RX test ........................................................................ 197
Figure 5-143 [M70] Click [Calculate] button to get RX gain information ............................................................ 198
Figure 5-144 [M21] WCDMA Path Loss............................................................................................................... 199
Figure 5-145 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in WCDMA Path Loss ................................................................ 200
Figure 5-146 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in WCDMA Path Loss ............................................................ 201
Figure 5-147 [M70] WCDMA Path Loss............................................................................................................... 203
Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-148 [M70] WCDMA Path Loss – talking mode support ........................................................................ 204
Figure 5-149 [M21] WCDMA RSCP ..................................................................................................................... 205
Figure 5-150 [M21] [Start] button to trigger WCDMA RSCP ............................................................................... 206
Figure 5-151 [M21] WCDMA PRACH TX .............................................................................................................. 207
Figure 5-152 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger WCDMA PRACH TX .............................................................. 207
Figure 5-153 WCDMA DPCH TX .......................................................................................................................... 208
Figure 5-154 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger WCDMA DPCH TX ................................................................ 208
Figure 5-155 [M21] Click [Fetch] button to trigger fetching WCDMA PD value .................................................. 209
Figure 5-156 WCDMA DPCH TX .......................................................................................................................... 209
Figure 5-157 [M70] Click [+1db] or [-1db] button to adjust current power ....................................................... 210

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 21

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Lists of Figures

Figure 5-158 [M21] WCDMA TPC Profile ............................................................................................................ 211


Figure 5-159 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in WCDMA TPC profile .............................................................. 211
Figure 5-160 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in WCDMA TPC profile ......................................................... 211
Figure 5-161 WCDMA MIPI TPA Profile............................................................................................................... 214
Figure 5-162 Read WCDMA MIPI TPA code word ............................................................................................... 215

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 5-163 Write Read WCDMA MIPI TPA code word ..................................................................................... 215
Figure 5-164 [M21] WCDMA DPD PA Profile ...................................................................................................... 216
Figure 5-165 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in DPD PA profile....................................................................... 217
Figure 5-166 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in WCDMA DPD PA profile ................................................... 217
Figure 5-167 Select [TDSCDMA RF Tool] from main selection menu .................................................................. 219
Figure 5-168 Select [TDSCDMA RF Tool] from main selection menu .................................................................. 219

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Figure 5-169 [TDSCDMA RF Tool] Select RF page form context menu ................................................................ 220
Figure 5-170 [TDSCDMA RF Tool] Example of making the layout by yourself..................................................... 220

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-171 [M21] TDSCDMA AFC Control ........................................................................................................ 221
Figure 5-172 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger AFC test ................................................................................ 222

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-173 [M21] Click [Calculate] button to calculate the TDSCDMA Init-AFC DAC and Slope ...................... 222
Figure 5-174 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in TDSCDMA AFC control .......................................................... 223
Figure 5-175 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in TDSCDMA AFC control ..................................................... 224
Figure 5-176 [M21] TDSCDMA RSSI .................................................................................................................... 224
Figure 5-177 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger RSSI test ............................................................................... 225
Figure 5-178 [M21] TDSCDMA Path Loss ............................................................................................................ 226
Figure 5-179 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in TDSCDMA Path Loss ............................................................. 227
Figure 5-180 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in TDSCDMA Path Loss ......................................................... 228
Figure 5-181 [M21] TDSCDMA Continuous RX ................................................................................................... 229
Figure 5-182 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger TDSCDMA Continuous RX .................................................... 229
Figure 5-183 [M21] TDSCDMA Continuous TX.................................................................................................... 230 Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-184 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger TDSCDMA Continuous TX .................................................... 230
Figure 5-185 [M21] TDSCDMA DPCH TX ............................................................................................................. 231
Figure 5-186 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger TDSCDMA DPCH TX .............................................................. 231
Figure 5-187 [M21] TDSCDMA TPC Profile ......................................................................................................... 232
Figure 5-188 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in TDSCDMA TPC profile ........................................................... 233
Figure 5-189 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in TDSCDMA TPC profile ...................................................... 234
Figure 5-190 [M21] TDSCDMA Baseband Register ............................................................................................. 236
Figure 5-191 [M21] Read TDSCDMA baseband register in specific address ....................................................... 236
Figure 5-192 [M21] Write TDSCDMA baseband register in specific address and value...................................... 237

22 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Lists of Figures

Figure 5-193 Select [LTE RF Tool] from main selection menu ............................................................................. 237
Figure 5-194 Select [LTE RF Tool] from main selection menu ............................................................................. 237
Figure 5-195 [LTE RF Tool] Select RF page form context menu ........................................................................... 238
Figure 5-196 [LTE RF Tool] Example of making the layout by yourself ................................................................ 238
Figure 5-197 [M21] LTE AFC Control ................................................................................................................... 239
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 5-198 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger LTE AFC test .......................................................................... 239
Figure 5-199 [M21] Click [Calculate] button to calculate the LTE Init-AFC DAC and Slope ................................. 240
Figure 5-200 [M21][Read] and [Write] button in LTE AFC control ...................................................................... 241
Figure 5-201 [M21][Import] and [Export] button in LTE AFC control ................................................................. 241
Figure 5-202 [M21] LTE RSSI ............................................................................................................................... 242
Figure 5-203 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger RSSI test ............................................................................... 243
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 5-204 [M21] Click [Calculate] button to get advised DL power and gain ................................................. 244
Figure 5-205 [M50] LTE RSSI ............................................................................................................................... 245
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-206 [M50] Click [Start] button to trigger RSSI test ............................................................................... 245
Figure 5-207 [M21] Click [Calculate] button to get advised DL power and gain ................................................. 246
© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-208 [M70] LTE RSSI ............................................................................................................................... 246


Figure 5-209 [M21] LTE type 1 route Path Loss .................................................................................................. 247
Figure 5-210 [M21] LTE type 2 route Path Loss .................................................................................................. 248
Figure 5-211 [M21] [Read] and [Write] path loss data in LTE Path Loss ............................................................. 249
Figure 5-212 [M21] [Import] and [Export] path loss data in LTE Path Loss ......................................................... 250
Figure 5-213 [M50] LTE type 1 route Path Loss .................................................................................................. 252
Figure 5-214 [M50] LTE type 2 route Path Loss .................................................................................................. 253
Figure 5-215 [M50] [Read] and [Write] path loss data in LTE Path Loss ............................................................. 254
Figure 5-216 [M50] [Import] and [Export] path loss data in LTE Path Loss ......................................................... 255
Figure 5-217 [M70] LTE type 1 route Path Loss .................................................................................................. 257
Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-218 [M70] LTE type 2 route Path Loss .................................................................................................. 258
Figure 5-219 [M21] LTE Continuous RX normal mode ........................................................................................ 259
Figure 5-220 [M21] LTE Continuous RX forced mode ......................................................................................... 259
Figure 5-221 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger LTE Continuous RX ............................................................... 260
Figure 5-222 [M21] Click [Calculate] button to trigger Route Calculator ........................................................... 260
Figure 5-223 [M50] LTE Continuous RX normal mode ........................................................................................ 261
Figure 5-224 [M50] LTE Continuous RX forced mode ......................................................................................... 261
Figure 5-225 [M70] LTE Continuous RX............................................................................................................... 262
Figure 5-226 [M21] LTE RSRP/RSRQ RX ............................................................................................................... 263
Figure 5-227 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger RSRP/RSRQ RX ...................................................................... 263

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 23

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Lists of Figures

Figure 5-228 [M50] LTE RSRP/RSRQ RX ............................................................................................................... 264


Figure 5-229 [M50] Click [Start] button to trigger RSRP/RSRQ RX ...................................................................... 264
Figure 5-230 [M70] LTE RSRP/RSRQ RX ............................................................................................................... 265
Figure 5-231 [M70] LTE RSRP/RSRQ RX Force mode ........................................................................................... 266
Figure 5-232 [M21] LTE Single Tone TX ............................................................................................................... 267

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 5-233 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger LTE Single Tone TX ................................................................ 267
Figure 5-234 [M21] Click [Fetch PD (dBm)] button to get PD value.................................................................... 268
Figure 5-235 [M50] LTE Single Tone TX ............................................................................................................... 268
Figure 5-236 [M50] Click [Start] button to trigger LTE Single Tone TX ................................................................ 269
Figure 5-237 [M50] Click [Fetch PD (dBm)] button to get PD value.................................................................... 269
Figure 5-238 [M70] LTE Single Tone TX ............................................................................................................... 270

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Figure 5-239 [M21] LTE PUSCH TX ...................................................................................................................... 271
Figure 5-240 [M21]Click [Start] button to trigger LTE PUSCH TX ........................................................................ 272

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-241 [M50] LTE PUSCH TX ...................................................................................................................... 272
Figure 5-242 [M50]Click [Start] button to trigger LTE PUSCH TX ........................................................................ 272

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-243 [M70] LTE PUSCH TX ...................................................................................................................... 273
Figure 5-244 [M70] LTE PUSCH TX Force mode .................................................................................................. 274
Figure 5-245 [M21] LTE PUCCH TX ...................................................................................................................... 275
Figure 5-246 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger LTE PUSCH TX ....................................................................... 275
Figure 5-247 [M21] LTE PRACH TX ...................................................................................................................... 276
Figure 5-248 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger LTE PRACH TX ....................................................................... 277
Figure 5-249 [M21] LTE SRS TX ........................................................................................................................... 277
Figure 5-250 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger LTE PRACH TX ....................................................................... 278
Figure 5-251 [M50] LTE SRS TX ........................................................................................................................... 278
Figure 5-252 [M50] Click [Start] button to trigger LTE PRACH TX ....................................................................... 279
Figure 5-253 [M21] LTE TPC Profile..................................................................................................................... 279 Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-254 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in LTE TPC profile ...................................................................... 280
Figure 5-255 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in LTE TPC profile.................................................................. 281
Figure 5-256 [M50] LTE TPC Profile..................................................................................................................... 283
Figure 5-257 [M50] [Read] and [Write] button in LTE TPC profile ...................................................................... 284
Figure 5-258 [M50] [Import] and [Export] button in LTE TPC profile.................................................................. 285
Figure 5-259 [M70] LTE APT Profile .................................................................................................................... 287
Figure 5-260 [M21] LTE RF Diagram .................................................................................................................... 288
Figure 5-261 [M21] LTE DPD PA Profile ............................................................................................................... 289
Figure 5-262 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in LTE DPD PA profile ................................................................ 289

24 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Lists of Figures

Figure 5-263 [M21][Import] and [Export] button in LTE TPC profile .................................................................. 290
Figure 5-264 [M21] LTE Temp. Coefficient Generator......................................................................................... 292
Figure 5-265 [M21] [Support Band] sample in LTE Temp. Coefficient Generator ............................................... 293
Figure 5-266 [M21] Click [Generate] button to generate TX/RX temperaure compensation ............................. 293
Figure 5-267 [M50] LTE Temp. Coefficient Generator......................................................................................... 294
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 5-268 [M50] [Support Band] sample in LTE Temp. Coefficient Generator ............................................... 295
Figure 5-269 [M50] Click [Generate] button to generate TX/RX temperaure compensation ............................. 295
Figure 5-270 Select [C2K RF Tool] from main selection menu ............................................................................ 296
Figure 5-271 [C2K RF Tool] RF feature pages ...................................................................................................... 296
Figure 5-272 [C2K RF Tool] Select RF page form context menu .......................................................................... 297
Figure 5-273 [C2K RF Tool] Example of making the layout by yourself ............................................................... 297
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 5-274 [M21] C2K AFC Control .................................................................................................................. 298


Figure 5-275 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger C2K AFC test ......................................................................... 299
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-276 [M21] Click [Calculate] button to calculate the C2K Init-AFC DAC and Slope ................................ 299
Figure 5-277 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in C2K AFC control .................................................................... 300
© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-278 [M21][Import] and [Export] button in C2K AFC control ................................................................ 301
Figure 5-279 [M21] C2K temperature ADC ......................................................................................................... 302
Figure 5-280 [M21] [Fetch ADC] button in C2K temperature ADC ..................................................................... 302
Figure 5-281 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in C2K temperature ADC ........................................................... 303
Figure 5-282 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in C2K temperature ADC ...................................................... 304
Figure 5-283 [M21] C2K RX ................................................................................................................................. 304
Figure 5-284 [M21] Click [Start Single] button to trigger C2K RSSI test .............................................................. 305
Figure 5-285 [M21] Click [Start Continuous] button to trigger C2K receiving continuously ............................... 305
Figure 5-286 [M21] C2K RX Path Loss ................................................................................................................. 306
Figure 5-287 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in C2K RX Path Loss ................................................................... 307
Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-288 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in C2K RX Path Loss .............................................................. 308
Figure 5-289 [M21] C2K TX ................................................................................................................................. 309
Figure 5-290 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger C2K TX test ........................................................................... 309
Figure 5-291 [M21] Click [Re-Config] button to update C2K TX testing parameters .......................................... 310
Figure 5-292 [M21] Click [Fetch] button to fetch C2K TX power detector result ............................................... 310
Figure 5-293 [M21] C2K TPC Profile.................................................................................................................... 311
Figure 5-294 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in C2K TPC profile ..................................................................... 312
Figure 5-295 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in C2K TPC profile ................................................................. 313
Figure 5-296 [M21] C2K DPD Profile ................................................................................................................... 315
Figure 5-297 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in C2K DPD profile .................................................................... 316

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 25

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Lists of Figures

Figure 5-298 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in C2K DPD profile ................................................................ 317
Figure 5-299 [M21] C2K MIPI TPA Profile ........................................................................................................... 319
Figure 5-300 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in C2K MIPI TPA profile ............................................................. 320
Figure 5-301 [M21] C2K temperature coefficient ............................................................................................... 320
Figure 5-302 [M21] C2K temperature coefficient generate output file .............................................................. 321

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 5-303 [M21] C2K FHC ............................................................................................................................... 322
Figure 5-304 [M21] [Read] and [Import] button in C2K FHC ............................................................................. 323
Figure 5-305 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger C2K FHC ................................................................................ 324
Figure 5-306 [M21] C2K NSFT ............................................................................................................................. 324
Figure 5-307 [M21] [Enter] and [Exit] button in C2K NSFT ................................................................................. 325
Figure 5-308 [M21] [Start TX] and [Fetch FER] button in C2K NSFT ................................................................... 325

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Figure 5-309 C2K debug ...................................................................................................................................... 326
Figure 5-310 Read / Write C2K BSI register in specific address .......................................................................... 326

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-311 Read / Write C2K MIPI register in specific address ........................................................................ 327
Figure 5-312 Start C2K self-calibration ............................................................................................................... 327

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-313 Read / export C2K self-calibration data ......................................................................................... 328
Figure 5-314 Select [NR RF Tool] from main selection menu ............................................................................. 328
Figure 5-315 Select [NR RF Tool] from main selection menu ............................................................................. 329
Figure 5-316 [NR RF Tool] Select RF page form context menu ........................................................................... 329
Figure 5-317 [NR RF Tool] Example of making the layout by yourself ................................................................ 329
Figure 5-318 [M70] NR RSSI ................................................................................................................................ 330
Figure 5-319 [M70] Click [Start] button to trigger NR RSSI test .......................................................................... 331
Figure 5-320 [M70] Click [Calculate] button to get NR RSSI advised DL power and gain ................................... 332
Figure 5-321 [M70] NR type 1 route Path Loss ................................................................................................... 333
Figure 5-322 [M70] NR type 2 route Path Loss ................................................................................................... 334
Figure 5-323 [M70] [Read] and [Write] path loss data in NR Path Loss .............................................................. 334 Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-324 [M70] [Import] and [Export] path loss data in NR Path Loss ......................................................... 335
Figure 5-325 [M70] NR Continuous RX ............................................................................................................... 337
Figure 5-326 [M70] Click [Start] button to trigger NR Continuous RX ................................................................ 337
Figure 5-327 [M70] NR RSRP Force Mode .......................................................................................................... 338
Figure 5-328 [M70] Click [Start] button to trigger NR RSRP Force mode ........................................................... 339
Figure 5-329 [M70] NR RSRP Normal Mode, Mimo Type[2x2] ........................................................................... 340
Figure 5-330 [M70] NR RSRP Normal Mode, Mimo Type[4x4] ........................................................................... 341
Figure 5-331 [M70] Click [Start] button to trigger NR RSRP Normal .................................................................. 342
Figure 5-332 [M70] NR Single Tone TX ............................................................................................................... 343

26 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Lists of Figures

Figure 5-333 [M70] Click [Start] button to trigger NR Single Tone TX ................................................................ 344
Figure 5-334 [M70] Click [Fetch PD (dBm)] button to get PD value.................................................................... 345
Figure 5-335 [M70] NR APT Profile ..................................................................................................................... 346
Figure 5-336 [M70] [Read] and [Write] button in NR APT profile ....................................................................... 347
Figure 5-337 [M70] [Import] and [Export] button in NR APT profile .................................................................. 348
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 5-338 [M70] NR Forced PUSCH TX ........................................................................................................... 350


Figure 5-339 [M70] Click [Start] button to trigger NR Forced PUSCH TX ............................................................ 351
Figure 5-340 [M70] NR Normal PUSCH TX .......................................................................................................... 351
Figure 5-341 [M70] Click [Start] button to trigger NR Normal PUSCH TX ........................................................... 352
Figure 6-1 [Console Tool] Config_maui.xml ........................................................................................................ 353
Figure 6-2 [Console Tool] Connection section .................................................................................................... 354
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 6-3 [Console Tool] Modem action section ............................................................................................... 355


Figure 6-4 [Console Tool] Log section ................................................................................................................. 356
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 6-5 [Console Tool] Disconnection section ................................................................................................ 358


Figure 6-6 [Console Tool] RFCalibration section ................................................................................................. 359
© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.
Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 27

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
1 Introduction

1 Introduction

1.1 Overview

MediaTek Confidential
The document is META (Mobile Engineering Testing Architecture) application note. META application is
composed of the main form and service tools of platform/RF. META tool is window application tools at PC side.
Main form provides the entry of the connection type and AP/MD logging setting, loading MD DB and
modem/modem image switch flow. META service tools are available only when connection is finished. The
service tools offers versatile testing features in RF TX/RX/AFC control, NVRAM access testing and editing, IMEI
download, getting hardware and software version, updating parameter and general purpose RF testing control,
but all testing procedure should be operated manually due to no specific instrument control. Contrarily, [RF
Calibration] in the META tool provides the RF calibration and ADC calibration function required in factory mass

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


production line.

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B

28 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
1 Introduction

1.2 Environment requirement


OS supports:

 Windows 2000, XP, Windows and Windows 10

The following driver and library are needed for RF calibration and Lab tuning:
MediaTek Confidential

 NI (National Instruments) GPIB-USB driver (The driver is bundled with NI GPIB-USB device) or GPIB-USB
driver.
 Get the latest driver via http://sine.ni.com/psp/app/doc/p/id/psp-356/lang/en

Hardware:

 Generic Pentium III or above PC


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

The following hardware is needed for META Recalibration

1. NI or GPIB-USB device
2. RF Instrument for calibration
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 29

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
2 Installation

2 Installation

Please execute set up.exe, such as [ModemMETA_exe_vXXXXXXX.exe], to start installing META. The install
shield will help you to install META step by step. (We use the v10.1828.0 version as example)

MediaTek Confidential
1. Double click setup.exe.
2. Please click [Next>] button.
3. Please select a directory to install and click [Next>] button.
4. After confirm your installation settings, please click [Install] button to start installation.
5. After the installation complete, please click [Finish] button.

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 2-1 [Installation] Please click [Next >] button.

30 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
2 Installation

31
.

Figure 2-2 [Installation] Please select a directory to install and then click [Install] button.

Modem META Tool


CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)
MediaTek Confidential © 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification:Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support
MT6001
2 Installation

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


.

Figure 2-3 [Installation] The Installation is complete, please click [Finish] button.

Note: After installation, there will be a META shortcut icon on windows desktop and programs menu.
You can click the META icon to start it.

Classification:Confidential B

32 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form

3 Main Form

This chapter is about the META application main page, including the basic configuration for a connection and
the basic control flow of the target. The detail of each component on the main form will be introduced in the
MediaTek Confidential

following sections.

3.1 GUI Introduction


 Disconnected
Before start the connection, Modem META allows you to change platform connection settings and
logging settings on the main page.
1. Setup the settings from the main page
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

2. Click Connect
3. Power on the target
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 3-1 GUI introduction – before connection

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 33

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form

After start the connection, the connection progress window is displayed and shows the latest logging
progress and the connection status. The following table is the descriptions of the icons:

Table 3-1 Connection stage icons

Icon Description

MediaTek Confidential
Done

Skip

Ongoing

Error

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 3-2 GUI introduction - connecting © 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B

After connect to the target, you can do the following operations:


4. Load NVRAM database and switch modem from the top button.
5. Start the sub-tools from the search bar.
6. Click Modem Information Window Button for the information of the modem and RF chip on the top-
right-corner.

3.2 Option platform setting


The Platform setting includes basic and advanced settings.

34 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form

1. The basic settings provides Platform type, COM Port and Baud rate.
2. Click Show Advanced settings for ADB service configuration and power supply control.
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 3-3 Option platform setting

3.2.1 Platform types


Select the platform type according to the target and the firmware you used.

 Smart phone: the target with stock firmware


Classification:Confidential B

 Modem Only: the target with customized modem only firmware


 Dummy AP: the target with customized dummy AP firmware

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 35

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form

 More
o DUT in META Mode: connect to the target which is already in META mode
o Android Test Mode: connect to the target in Android test mode with ATM tool
o XL1 Simulator: connect to XL1 simulator

3.2.2 COM port and baud rate

MediaTek Confidential
If you use USB for connection, select “USB” and “Auto Connection” as COM Port configuration. META tool will
automatically detect the port connected to the target. You can also specified the COM number by yourself in
“DUT in META Mode”. For UART connection case, you have to select the specified COM port and corresponding
baud rate.

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


3.3 Option tool log setting
Modem META allows you to enable/disable the tool logs and the configure log path. By default, the tool log

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


option is enabled and is stored at C:\. The COM Port Log is supported, so you can click the check box to enable
COM port logs.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 3-4 Option tool log setting

3.4 Option target log setting


You can enable/Disable the configure log path and the target logs which contains Modem/AP log. By default,
the target log option is disabled.

 Modem META provides three methods for you to record Modem log:

36 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form

1. Log to Catcher/ELT: Select Log to Catcher/ELT for saving logs to Catcher/ELT tools. Open
ELT/Catcher tools before connection is required.
2. Log to PC file: Select Log to PC file for saving logs to the folder in PC.
3. Log to the target’s SD Card: Select Log to the target’s SD Card for saving log to the folder in target.
 Modem META also provides two methods for you to record Modem log:
1. Log to GAT: Select Log to GAT for saving logs to GAT tool. Open GAT tool before connection is
MediaTek Confidential

requir
2. Log to PC file: Select Log to PC file for saving logs to the folder in PC.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 3-5 Open target log setting

3.4.1 How to enable Target Log


You can save AP log and modem log by META tool for further analysis. Before the tool
connection(disconnected status), turn on the "Target Log" and make sure that“Modem log” and “AP log” are
checked. By default, Modem log is set to save in PC file; AP log is set to save via GAT. Before the tool

connection, open GAT and click the log button to save the log,and the button will change to red. Click

in META tool and wait for the .


 Note: GAT path: \\mtksfs02\WirelessTools\ToolRelease\Debugging Tool\GAT.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 37

Modem META Tool


MediaTek Confidential © 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification:Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
3 Main Form
Customer Support
MT6001

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)


Figure 3-7 Target log default set
Figure 3-6 Enable the target log

Modem META Tool


Figure 3-8 GAT

38
Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 3-9 Connect to Modem meta


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

3.4.2 MD/AP log


© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

 MD log

We can get the log files from the setting path. The default setting of the folder is the same with the tool log.
(C:/MauiMETA_LOG)

Figure 3-10 MD log path

 AP log
Classification:Confidential B

Do meta connection, related operation, and click the button to stop the save log. Then we can get the log files
from the setting path.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 39

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Figure 3-11 AP log path

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


3.4.3 Advanced configuration UI

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Click to see more configurations for logging. And it can be set before the tool connection.

Classification:Confidential B
Figure 3-12 Expand the target log setting

After expand the target log setting, you can select Log to Catcher/ELT, PC File and Target’s SD Card. If you select
Catcher/ELT, execute Catcher/ELT before the tool connection. You can set the log folder for saving the log to PC
by selecting PC File. You also can save the log to SD card by selecting Target’s SD Card. And set the target filter
path to save the log to PC file and SD card. It can be set before the tool connection and after the tool
connection.

Figure 3-13 Modem log options

40 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form

After expand the target log setting, you can select Log to GAT and PC File. If you select GAT, please execute GAT
before the tool connection. You can set the log folder for saving the log to PC by selecting PC File.
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 3-14 AP log options

3.4.4 Modem log to Catcher/ELT


Step 1: Select Log to Catcher/ELT.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 3-15 Log to Catcher/ELT


© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Step 2: Open ELT, select a database, and click “Load”.


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 3-16 ELT target logging mode

Step 3: Click the connect button and wait for the tool. The tool will remind you of ELT setting.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 41

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Figure 3-17 Connect to Modem META

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Step 4: Connect to ELT. Remember to select the ELT setting that Modem META displayed the remind window
when META conncting.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


The ELT setting is according to the project, see as below:

 Meta Mode Logging: Denali, Jade, Kibo, Whitney


 MediaTek ELT Port or Auto Port: Bianco, Zion

Classification:Confidential B

Figure 3-18 Select the Conn. Mode

Step 5: Wait for “Connected”

42 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 3-19 Modem META connect with ELT


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Note: It is optional to set the target filter via “Control” -> “Set Target Filter” after the tool connected
successfully.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 3-20 Set ELT target filter


Classification:Confidential B

3.4.5 Modem log to PC file


Step 1: Enable “Modem Log” and select “Log to PC File”.

Figure 3-21 Modem log to PC file

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 43

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form

Note: It is optional to set “Log Folder Path” and “Target Filter Path”. The default setting is the same with the
tool log. The modem filter bin file path can be set before the tool connection .You can reset the modem filter
bin file path after the tool connection.

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 3-22 Set log folder path

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 3-23 Set target filter path © 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.
Classification:Confidential B

Step 2: The filter bin file is created by ELT. The SW load provides a meta default filter bin file.

44 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 3-24 Create a filter bin file


© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Step 3: Click the connect button and wait for .


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 3-25 Connect to Modem META with Modem log to “PC File”

3.4.6 Modem log to the target’s SD Card


Step 1: Enable the modem log and select “Log to Target’s SD Card”.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 45

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form

Figure 3-26 Select “Log to Target’s SD Card”

Step 2: Click and wait for .

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Figure 3-27 Connect to Modem META with Modem log to”Target’s SD Card”

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


3.4.7 AP log to GAT
Step 1: Enable AP Log and select Log to GAT.

Figure 3-28 AP log to GAT

Classification:Confidential B
Before the tool connection, open GAT and click Log button to save a log (the button turns to red).

 GAT path: \\mtksfs02\WirelessTools\ToolRelease\Debugging Tool\GAT

46 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


3 Main Form
Customer Support
MT6001

47
Figure 3-30 Connect to Modem META with AP log to “GAT”
.
Figure 3-29 Run GAT

Modem META Tool


and wait for

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)


Step 3: Execute GAT and the tool setting.
Step 2: Click connect button
MediaTek Confidential © 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification:Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form

Figure 3-31 Execute GAT and the tool setting

3.4.8 AP log to PC file


Step 1: Select “Log to PC File”.

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 3-32 Select Log to PC File

It is optional to set “Log Folder Path”. By default, the setting is the same with the tool log.

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 3-33 Set Log Folder Path

Step 2: Click the connect button and wait for .

Classification:Confidential B

Figure 3-34 Connect to META with AP log to “PC File”

48 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 3-35 The status of disable log


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

3.4.9 Get memory dump


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

The following figure shows that the modem occurs exception. The assertion message is shown in the red area,
you can find EE owner via the hyperlink. See more system trace about EE, ie. SW version, project, and the build
© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

time by [Modem System Trace] view from “Search Tools”.

Figure 3-36 Modem META accesses the modem exception


Classification:Confidential B

 Get the memory dump via ELT


You need to select “Log to Catcher/ELT” in META tool first. Select “Tools” > “Memory Dump” > “Dump”
in ELT.

Figure 3-37 Log to Catcher/ELT

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 49

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 3-38 Memory dump via ELT

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


 Get the memory dump via Modem META - Log to PC File
You need to select “Log to PC File” in META tool first. Modem META tool will display the “MODEM

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


EXCEPTION” message and auto-memory-dump. In this moment, you must wait until auto-memory-
dump finishes without any operation. If you see the tool displays a message said: “Memory Dump

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


successfully” that means the download procedure finishes, and you can open [Modem System Trace]
view to see more information, or disconnect with dut.

Figure 3-39 Log to PC file

Classification:Confidential B

50 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 3-40 The MODEM EXCEPTION message and Memory Dump progress

Figure 3-41 Memory dump successfully

The memory dump, Meta4GDumpFile_* log. Meta4GDumpFile_*_MemDump.bin, will be extracted after


opening the MUXRAW file.
Classification:Confidential B

Figure 3-42 The memory dump bin file

 Get the memory dump via Modem META – Log to Target’s SD Card
To save log to SD card, you have to select “Log to Target’s SD Card” in META tool. When the modem
exception occurs, Modem META tool will display the “MODEM EXCEPTION” message and auto-
memory-dump. In this moment, you must wait until auto-memory-dump finishes without any
operation. If you see the tool displays a message said: “Memory Dump successfully” that means the

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 51

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form

download procedure finishes, and you can open [Modem System Trace] view to see more information,
or disconnect with the target.

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 3-43 Log to Targets’s SD Card

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 3-44 The MODEM EXCEPTION message and Memory Dump progress

Figure 3-45 Memory dump successfully

 Get the memory dump via Modem META – Disable MD log

52 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form

You need to select “Log to PC File” in META tool first. Modem META tool will display the “MODEM
EXCEPTION” message and auto-memory-dump. In this moment, you must wait until auto-memory-
dump finishes without any operation. If you see the tool displays a message said: “Memory Dump
successfully” that means the download procedure finishes, and you can open [Modem System Trace]
view to see more information, or disconnect with dut.
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 3-46 The MODEM EXCEPTION message and Memory Dump progress

Figure 3-47 Memory dump successfully

Modem META Tool supports automatic memory dump when disable the modem log. By different project, a
filename of the memory dump may be different.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 53

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 3-48 Memory dump when disable the modem log

3.4.10 Get UART log


If you need UART log for analyzing the related problems of bootloader or kernel, you need to have debug
board and third-party application to record the UART log. Here, we use the third-party application "Tera Term"
for recording the UART log.

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 3-49 The preview of Tera Term application

The following steps are the tutorial of how to use "Tera Term" for recording UART log:

Classification:Confidential B
Step1: Plug debug board into PC and target, then execute "Tera Term" and select the comport number
of the debug board.

54 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 3-50 Step1: Select the comport number of the debug board
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Step2: Users need to select serial port speed to "921600"


© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.
Classification:Confidential B

Figure 3-51 Step2: Select the serial port speed to "921600"

Step3: Enable the function of log to file. If you have not enabled this function, you will only get the
logs from the target but these logs are not stored to file.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 55

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 3-52 Step3: Enable the function of log to file

Step4: Connect to META Tool. Since uart log is default enabled, we unnecessarily set anything in META

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Tool to get UART log. After META Tool bootup the target, we can see UART logs on "Tera Term" and these logs
will be stored to the user-speficied path.

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 3-53 Step4: Connect to META Tool

Classification:Confidential B
3.5 Option disconnect setting
Before clicking Disconnect option, it is allowed to adjust the disconnect options. Just click the down-arrow, and
select the options that you need.

Modem META now support for the following disconnect options:

1. Backup to BackupPartition/SDS before disconnect: When it is checked, META tool triggers the option
for the partition or SDS as backup before disconnect.
2. Shut down target when disconnect: When it is checked, META tool shuts down the target.
3. Clear META boot mode flag: When it is clicked, META tool clears META boot mode flag which is set by
FlashTool at download stage.

Note: AP database file must be assigned before enable this feature.

56 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


3 Main Form
Customer Support
MT6001

57
Figure 3-54 Option disconnect setting

Modem META Tool


CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)
MediaTek Confidential © 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification:Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form

3.6 Connect with the target by UART


You can follow the steps below to connect to the target by UART COM port:

1. Connect the UART cable to the targe


2. Select the UART COM port and assign COM port number

MediaTek Confidential
3. Click Connect button
4. Power on the target

The connection progress window is displayed and shows the latest logging progress and the connection
status. (Refer to Chapter3.1)

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 3-55 Connect with the target by UART

3.7 Connect with the target by USB


All of the operation procedures are the same with the UART case, except that you have to choose USB and
Auto Connection for COM Port configuraion. It should be noted that if you want to connect to the target by

58 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form

specified COM port, the platform type should be set to More… -> Dut in META mode and the target should
be booted to META mode in advance.
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 3-56 Connect with the target by USB

3.8 Connect to a telematics target


Classification:Confidential B

To create a connection for telematics target, such as MT2635 or MT2731, META tool supports two approaches.

 Connect by “Auto Connection”


1) Select More… -> DUT in META Mode as platform type
2) Select USB and Auto Connection (Figure 3-57)
3) Click Connect button
4) Press and hold GPIO3 key and power on the target until it boots up

Then the connection progress window on the right will display and shows the connection status.

 Connect by “Specified COM port”

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 59

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form

Meta tool can connect to the telematics target by the specified COM port if the target is already
powered on with META mode. To boot the target to META mode, you can hold GPIO3 key when power
on or use adb command: “reboot META”. The steps are as follows:

1) Power on the target into META mode


2) Open META tool and select More… -> DUT in META Mode as platform type

MediaTek Confidential
3) Select USB and specified COM port (MediaTek USB VCOM)
4) Click Connect button

Then the connection progress window on the right will display and shows the connection status. You
can check which mode the target is in now by adb command “cat proc/boot_mode” (Figure 3-58) or
port status from device manager (Figure 3-59).

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 3-57 Connect to the telematics target

Figure 3-58 Check target’s mode by adb command

60 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 3-59 Check target’s mode by port status


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

3.9 Start sub-tools


© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

After connect to the target, the sub-tool search box is an easy-to-use option for you to survey the available sub-
tools. You can select one of the sub-tools from the tool list or enter the tool name in the search box to start
sub-tool.
Classification:Confidential B

Figure 3-60 Start sub-tools

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 61

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form

3.10 Get modem information


After connect to the target, click the button on the top-right-corner. The modem information window is
displayed.

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 3-61 Get modem information

.
Classification:Confidential B

62 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form

3.11 Load NVRAM database


After connect to the target, click the Load DB in the tool bar, and then select one of the option to load the
database – you can choose to load the database from the target or from the PC file.
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 3-62 Load NVRAM database

3.12 Switch dual modem


Dual Modem is supported for connecting with the target. You can switch MODEM1 or MODEM3 to control the
target via “Switch MD->Modem 1/MODEM 3”. The feature is available when the drop-down menu displays
“Dual MODEM”. You may refer to Modem Information Window to know the modem index. (See 3.13.10 Get
modem information)
Classification:Confidential B

Figure 3-63 Switch dual modem

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 63

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form

3.13 Switch multiple modem type


When the target supports the world phone feature, you can switch Modem1 Software1 or Modem1 Software2
to control the target. You can refer to MODEM index and Software index indicator in the right side of the main
form. Furthermore, Modem META supports run-time for switching different modem types.

MediaTek Confidential
You can use Main form of META tool to switch modem type, i.e., SW image:

1. Select Modem 1 and switch the software image.


2. You can simultaneously get the current modem and the mode type from Modem Information Window.
3. After switching software image, load the relevant NVRAM database. The steps are the same with
Dual-talk feature.
4. You can operate RF tool, IMEI Download, and etc. as usual.

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 3-64 Switch multiple modem type

Classification:Confidential B
3.14 Enable modem META mode logging
Since META v6.1308.0 and Catcher v3.1316.0, it supports META mode on-line and off-line logging for
debugging. Before META connection, you must choose the appropriate trace mode for different demands.
There are 2 modes, Log to PC File mode, and Log to Catcher/ELT mode. By default, the modem log is disabled.
Click the button to open the target log.

Note: When UART connection no matter which mode it is, if trace is enabled, please pay attention that the
target must support higher baudrate (e.g. 921600). Otherwise, the target cannot set too many filters. This is
because too many traces in low baudrate (e.g. 115200) will affect general META command behaviors (e.g. lose
META confirms).

64 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form

3.14.1 Log to PC file mode


If you want to do off-line dump to file, it needs to follow the below procedures.

1. Enable Modem Log and select Log to PC file mode


2. Assign the log folder path to save the log
3. Please Connect to connect the target with META tool
MediaTek Confidential

After pressing “Disconnect” or META tool has been closed, the dump file will be generated in selected path. All
data received will be dumped to the designate path. The name of dump file is like
“MetaDumpFile_2013_02_19_15_21_24.dmp”. It means that the start time of the dump is at 15:21:24 on 2/19
in 2013. You can use Catcher to open the dump file and then analyze it.

If you just want to connect META tool without trace, it has nothing special to do. The default option is “Switch
META trace mode -> None”. It represents that it is General Mode in META tool.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 3-65 Log to PC file mode

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 65

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form

3.14.2 Log to Catcher/ELT


If you want to do on-line logging with catcher/ ELT, it needs to follow the procedures below.

1. Execute Catcher/ELT and enter logging mode

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 3-66 Catcher logging

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 3-67 ELT logging

2. Select the Database (not meta DB) and Click “OK” for Catcher / “Load” for ETL

Classification:Confidential B
Figure 3-68 Set Catcher database path

Figure 3-69 Set ELT database path

66 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form

3. Connection Configure in Catcher/ELT for META mode


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 3-70 Meta mode logging in Catcher


© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 3-71 Meta mode logging in ELT

4. Enable Modem Log and select Log to “Catcher/ELT” mode


Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 67

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 3-72 Meta Catcher/ELT mode

5. Click Connect to connect the target with META tool

After these steps, you can use both META tool and Catcher/ELT in the same time. Before using Catcher/ELT,
please remember to enable trace if target supports META mode trace. All traces will be relayed to Catcher/ELT.

Note: If you select Log to ELT/Catcher, please be sure to execute Catcher and make sure Catcher is connected.
If not, doing any META command will probably suffer abnormal timeout.

Classification:Confidential B

3.15 Apply modem log filter to target


 You can assign a filter path and click Apply to apply the modem log filter to the target. The button Apply is
available only when the target supports META mode logging and the modem logging is enable.

68 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 3-73 Apply modem log filter to target

 SOP for “set modem log filter to target”:


Step 1: Obtain the filter by Cgen or Logging tools (ELT and Catcher) .Please use the NVRAM database
which matches the software and hardware version of the target to generate the filter.
Step 2: Choose the filter from Step1 to apply to the target.
Note: Please pay attention to the following descriptions; otherwise, it may cause the unexpected
Classification:Confidential B

results. (e.g., target asserts or set modem log filter not work)
1. If either software version or hardware version of target is changed, please choose the proper
NVRAM database again to generate the filter for target.( i.e., Redone Step 1 again before
doing Step 2)
2. The filter obtained by logging tool needs to be exported to “.bin” not to “.ini”. (e.g., Select
“Export to catcher_filter.bin” In ELT tool or “Export to *.bin” in Catcher).You can examine the
start pattern of the filter whether to be “CD AB 54 24”.

3.15.1 Enable AP META mode logging


The feature supports META mode on-line and off-line logging for debugging. Before META connection, you
must choose the appropriate trace mode for different demands. There are 2 modes, Log to PC File mode, and

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 69

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form

Log to GAT mode. By default, AP log is disabled. If you need to enable the feature, turn on the switch of the
target log or check AP Log.

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 3-74 Enable AP META mode logging

Classification:Confidential B
3.15.1.1 Log to PC file mode
If you want to do off-line dump to file, follow the steps as below.

1. Enable AP Log and select Log to “ PC file” mode


2. Assign the log folder path to save the log
3. Press Connect to connect target with META tool

70 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 3-75 Log to PC file mode

3.15.1.2 Log to PC File mode


If you want to do on-line logging with catcher/ ELT, it needs to follow the steps below.

1. Execute GAT and click Log button to save the log


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 3-76 GAT

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 71

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form

2. Enable AP Log and select Log to GAT

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 3-77 Log to GAT

3. Click Connect to connect the target with META tool

3.15.2 Clear log


You can press Ctrl + X or click via "More -> Clear Log" to clear the logs. Classification:Confidential B

72 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 3-78 Clear log


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

3.15.3 Enable/disable open database


© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

You can click the check box to enable/disable the open database (XML DB). This option is enabled by default.
Uncheck it if you are likely to use EDB.
Classification:Confidential B

Figure 3-79 Enable/disable open database

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 73

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form

3.16 Rules of auto find USB com port through VID/PID


If you choose USB COM while selecting COM Port, META Tool will auto detect the incremental com port which
VID/PID is match to the whitelist.

The whitelist is defined in two files:

MediaTek Confidential
1. /configs/MF_Setup.txt: In [USB Filter] section.
2. /configs/UsbAutoPortConfig.txt

The following describes difference of com ports between two platforms:

1. Modem Only: This platform has two kinds of com ports. One is META port, the other is ELT port.
2. SmartPhone: This platform has four kinds of com ports. The first is Preloader port, the second is
BootRom port, the next is Kernel port and the last is Debug port.

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


The following section describes that the whitelist settings of different com ports in different platforms:

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


3.16.1 Modem Only

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


3.16.1.1 META port
The META port is used to transmit the requests and the response to/from target.

The whitelist of META port is defined in the field of “META com port filter” which is in /configs/MF_Setup.txt.

Figure 3-80 META com port filter setting

3.16.1.2 ELT port Classification:Confidential B

The ELT port is used to transmit the modem logs and the memory dump from target to PC.
The whitelist of ELT port is defined in /configs/UsbAutoPortConfig.txt.

74 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form

Figure 3-81 ELT com port filter setting

3.16.2 SmartPhone
MediaTek Confidential

3.16.2.1 Preloader&BootRom port


The Preloader and BootRom port are used to handshake with AP for booting-up the target. After handshake,
this port will close and the Kernel port and the Debug port will open when the target bootup successfully.

The whitelist of Preloader and BootRom port are defined in the fields of “Preloader single port filter”,
“Preloader composite port filter” and “BootRom com port filter” which is in /configs/MF_Setup.txt.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 3-82 Preloader & BootRom com port filter setting

3.16.2.2 Kernel port


The Kernel port is used to transmit the requests and the response to/from target.
The whitelist of Kernel port is defined in the field of “Kernel com port filter” which is in /configs/MF_Setup.txt.

Figure 3-83 Kernel com port filter setting


Classification:Confidential B

3.16.2.3 Debug port

The Debug port is used to transmit the modem logs and the memory dump from target to PC.

The whitelist of Debug port is defined in the field of “Debug com port filter” which is in /configs/MF_Setup.txt.

Figure 3-84 Debug com port filter setting

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 75

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form

Note: Must keep a space between two VID/PIDs.

3.17 SLA
You can set AP SLA and modem SLA configuration via META tool .

MediaTek Confidential
3.17.1 AP SLA
AP SLA configuration is in “Settings -> Security” (Figure 3-85). To pass AP SLA, you have to select corresponding
authentication file and certification file and replace SLA_Challenge.dll in the folder of META tool/bin (Figure
3-86) with the one in the SW load. If AP SLA verification failed, META tool will be not allowed to connect to the
target and the connection will fail at boot stage.

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 3-85 Security setting for AP SLA

76 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
3 Main Form
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 3-86 SLA_Challenge.dll path


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

3.17.2 Modem SLA


© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

For the SIM lock related NVRAM LIDs, which are listed in Custom_META_IsSecureLid function, only the
authenticated META Tool can read/write them. To obtain Modem SLA authentication, you have to replace
SLA_Challenge.dll in the folder of META tool/bin (Figure 3-86) with the corresponding one in the SW load. If
SLA_Challenge.dll in META tool is not verified, META tool will have a warning icon beside the connection status.
In this situation, most of tool operations will not be affected, only accessing security related LIDs list on the
warning message is not allowed (Figure 3-87).
Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 77

Modem META Tool


MediaTek Confidential © 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification:Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
3 Main Form
Customer Support
MT6001

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)


Figure 3-87 Modem SLA warning message

Modem META Tool


78
Customer Support
MT6001
4 Platform Tools

4 Platform Tools

This chapter will introduce the platform related tools. Its GUI layout will not change along modem generation.
It provides the general information or utility of the target, such as IMEI download or NVRAM editor…etc. You
MediaTek Confidential

can open multiple tools at the same time, but can not operate tools until the target is availible. Each tool will
be introduced in the following sections.

4.1 Get Version


You can use [Get version] tool to get version of the baseband chip, DSP firmware, DSP patch, software and
hardware version. This tool can be luanched after connecting to the target.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 4-1 Select [Get version] button from main selection menu

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 79

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
4 Platform Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Figure 4-2 Click [Read] button to get version

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 4-3 Result of getting target version

4.2 NVRAM Editor


The data saved in target is constructed by many records. NVRAM editor can edit each value in each record in
the target. You can start it from main page after connecting to the target and loading the database.

80 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
4 Platform Tools

81
Figure 4-4 Select [NVRAM Editor] button from main selection menu

Modem META Tool


CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)
MediaTek Confidential © 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification:Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support
MT6001
4 Platform Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 4-5 [NVRAM Editor] Main page

4.2.1 LID tree and RID tree


The LID tree at left side is automatically generated after loading the NVRAM database file. The RID tree at the
right side displays the records of the selected LID. The record is expand automatically if there was only one
record. You can modify the size of two trees by dragging the splitter bar between them. You can use the
context menu to expand/collapse more nodes at the same time. Right-click the mouse button on the tree to
use the context menu.

Classification:Confidential B

Figure 4-6 [NVRAM Editor] Drag the splitter bar

Figure 4-7 [NVRAM Editor] Expand/collapse more nodes

82 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
4 Platform Tools

4.2.2 LID filter region


LID filter supports “All”, “Modified”, and “Selected” three obvious options for you.

Table 4-1 [NVRAM Editor] LID support options

Option Description
MediaTek Confidential

All Shows all LID


Modified Only shows the modified LID (red LID)
Selected Only shows the selected LID

In addition to the above filters, LID filter can further filter the LID. LID filter uses the case-insensitive substring
matching to find the LID name when you enter a text in the search bar. If you need to find
“NVRAM_EF_SYS_STATISTICS_LID”, you can try to enter “sys stat” in the search bar. LID filter uses the exact
matching to fine the LID number when you input a number in the search bar. If you know the exact LID number,
you can enter the number directly.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 4-8 [NVRAM Editor] LID filter region

4.2.3 Format region


You can change the format for any field, for example: DEX, HEX, and char. But some fields have no effect, such
as the enumeration type. When you change a node which has children, the format of all its children is changed
at the same time.

Note: Some types only support the Hex format.


Classification:Confidential B

4.2.4 Read from NVRAM


When a record is selected, its value is read from the target automatically if it has never been read.

You can also click “Read” button to read a current record from NVRAM manually.

Note: It will not read all records selected by the checkbox.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 83

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
4 Platform Tools

Figure 4-9 Click [Read] button to read a record from NVRAM

4.2.5 Edit the value of the field


You can edit the value of a structure field by clicking its value column. And then enter the value to set up. The

MediaTek Confidential
color of the modified field, structure, RID, LID, and category will be changed to red.

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 4-10 [NVRAM Editor] Edit the value of the field

4.2.6 Write to NVRAM


You need to click “Write” button to write all modifications to NVRAM. That is to say; all the red records are
written after clicking “Write” button.

Classification:Confidential B
Figure 4-11 [NVRAM Editor] Save the selected record to target

4.2.7 Export to file


Before export to a file, you need to click the “Select” button to select some records. Use the context menu to
select or deselect many nodes at once. Click “Export” button to export the selected records to a file.

84 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
4 Platform Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 4-12 [NVRAM Editor] Export to file

4.2.8 Import from file


You can click “Import” button to import the selected records and the values from a file.

Note: Before import from a file, the checkboxes for selecting will be cleaned.
Classification:Confidential B

Figure 4-13 [NVRAM Editor] Import from file

4.2.9 LID Category Customization


You can customize the category in "User_Latest_Settings.txt" by LID prefix or by the white list.

Note:

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 85

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
4 Platform Tools

 If you customized the category by LID prefix, the tool will classify the LID with prefix "NVRAM_EF_XXX"
under category "XXX LID".
 If you customized the category by the white list, the tool will classify "NVRAM_EF_XXX" and
"NVRAM_EF_YYY" under category "AAA LID". And the category priority of this white list is higher than
prefix. "User_Latest_Settings.txt" will not be overwritten after updating Modem META tool.

MediaTek Confidential
Table 4-2LID [NVRAM Editor] Category Customization

Defined by LID prefix Defined by the white list


[Customer NVRAMEDITOR LID Category]  [NVRAMEDITOR LID Customize List Category 1]
Customer defined LID category1 = XXX Category Name = AAA LID
Customer defined LID category2 = YYY LID1 = NVRAM_EF_XXX
LID2 = NVRAM_EF_YYY
 [NVRAMEDITOR LID Customize List Category 2]
 Category Name = BBB LID

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


4.3 IMEI Download

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


You can use [IMEI download] window to read/write IMEI from/to target or import/export IMEI from/to file. You

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


can start it from main page after connecting to the target.

Classification:Confidential B

86 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
4 Platform Tools

Figure 4-14 Select [IMEI download] button from main selection menu

4.3.1 Read / Write IMEI


Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to read/save IMEI of target
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 4-15 Click [Read] button to read IMEI from target


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 4-16 Result of read IMEI from target

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 87

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
4 Platform Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 4-17 Click [Write] button to write IMEI to target

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 4-18 Result of write IMEI to target

4.3.2 Import / Export IMEI

Classification:Confidential B
Click [Import] / [Export] buttons to load/save IMEI of file.

Figure 4-19 Click [Import] button to import IMEI from file

88 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
4 Platform Tools
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 4-20 Result of import IMEI from file


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 4-21 Click [Export] button to import IMEI to file


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 4-22 Result of import IMEI to file

The following is the INI file format of IMEI. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then change the
value based on its format.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 89

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
4 Platform Tools

[IMEI]

IMEI=10000100002124

4.4 MEID Download

MediaTek Confidential
You can use MEID download window to read/write MEID from/to target or import/export MEID from/to file.
You can switch to MEID download window by selecting [MEID download] button from main selection menu.

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 4-23 Select [MEID download] button from main selection menu

4.4.1 Read / Write MEID


You can click [Read] button to read MEID from target and click [Write] button to write MEID to target.

90 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
4 Platform Tools

91
Figure 4-24 Click [Read] button to read MEID from target

Figure 4-26 Click [Write] button to write MEID to target


Figure 4-25 Result of read MEID from target

Modem META Tool


CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)
MediaTek Confidential © 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification:Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support
MT6001
4 Platform Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 4-27 Result of write MEID to target

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


4.4.2 Import / Export MEID

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


You can click [Import] button to load MEID from file and click [Export] button to save MEID to file.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 4-28 Click [Import] button to import MEID from file

Classification:Confidential B

Figure 4-29 Result of import MEID from file

92 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
4 Platform Tools
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 4-30 Click [Export] button to export MEID to file


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 4-31 Result of export MEID to file

The following is the INI file format of MEID. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then change the
value based on its format.

[C2K MEID]
Classification:Confidential B

MEID = 12345678901234

ESN = 8013C829

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 93

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5 RF Tools

This chapter will introduce the RF related tools. Therefore, the GUI layout may be changed along the modem
generation. These tools provide the RF domain testing and verification, such as GSM RF tool or RF

MediaTek Confidential
Calibration…etc. We regard the RF domain knowledge as a basic requirement for using these pages. Therefore,
we will focus on the GUI operations without interpreting the RF terminology, such as Band, RX path loss or RF
gain...etc. You can open multiple tools at the same time, but can not operate tools until the target is availible.
The detailed descriptions of these tools are listed in the following sections.

Note: We currently update the doucument after M21 series pages. If you need the user manual before M21
series, please contact us.

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


5.1 Update parameter
This page can operate the GSM/WCDMA/TDSCDA/LTE/C2K calibration data of target/file. You can start it from

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


main page after connecting to the target.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-1 Select [UpdateParameter] from main selection menu

94 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-2 [Update parameter] Main page


© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.
Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-3 Context menu in the Update parameter

5.1.1 RAT support indicator


You can check the RAT support status by background color of indicator.

Table 5-1the meaning of indicator background color in Updateparmaeter

background color meanings


Green Support this RAT.
Gray Not support this RAT
There is something wrong for this
Red
RAT

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 95

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

Click the indicator text with underline to get more information, especially when you get the “Red” indicator,

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 5-4 [Updateparameter] LTE indicator with red background sample

5.1.2 Read / Write the calibration parameter

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Select the items that you want to operate and click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update calibration
parameter of target. You can see “DONE: Read data from target”/“DONE: Write data to target “on the status

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


bar if function doing well.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-5 [Read] and [Write] button in Update Parameter

96 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.1.3 Import / Export the calibration parameter


Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export calibration parameter of file. You can see “DONE: Import data
from file”/“DONE: Export data to file“on the status bar if function doing well.

For the import flow, Update parameter will automatically select or deselect items based on the file context.
(That is, you don’t need to select any item in advance)
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-6 [Import] button in Update Parameter

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 97

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-7 [Export] button in Update Parameter

5.1.4 Runtime status update


Whenever in any operation, [Read], [Write], [Import] or [Export], you can check the each item execution

Classification:Confidential B
status by the [Operation description] field or check the overall execution status by progress bar.

98 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-8 Runtime info in Updateparameter

The operation description of item will be shown as the red text with underline if item is executed failed. Click
the underline text for the further debug info.
Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-9 [Updateparameter] Item executed failed sample

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 99

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.1.5 Stop action


Once the any operatio, [Read], [Write], [Import] or [Export], is triggered, the [Stop] button will be activated
automatically. You can cancel the flow by clicking it.

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-10 [Updateparameter] Clicking stop sample

Classification:Confidential B
5.2 GP RF Tool
This tool contains all supported GP (General Purpose) RF testing features, which can be used in unit testing or
verifying target command. You can start it from main page after connecting to the target and loading a
corresponding database.

100 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-11 Select [GP RF Tool] from main selection menu

GPRF Tool shows commands and structures based on database information. Therefore, when you start GP RF
Tool, a load DB dialog will be popped out if you have not yet loaded database by clicking [Load DB] in the main
page.
Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-12 Load database first before launching GP RF Tool

5.2.1 M21 series user interface


You must load a full modem database from file (.EDB) before launching GP RF Tool.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 101

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

GP RF Tool consists of “Command Category”, “Command Type”, “Request Param/PDU” tree structure, “Confirm
Param/PDU” tree structure, and [Send] button. After selecting a desired command, you can edit request tree
structure as your wish by clicking on the “Value” column of each field. Confirm tree structure will be updated
after clicking [Send] button, which would send out the request you just edited to the target.

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-13 [GP RF Tool] Main UI

Some request or confirm tree structures may contain Peer Buffer information, you can switch between tree
structure of Local Parameter and Peer Buffer by clicking the desired tab.

Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-14 [GP RF Tool] Tree structure with Peer Buffer

102 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

There are some useful utilities in the context menu of a tree structure, including display format of each fields,
expand and collapse tree, copy and paste the encoded binary string of the tree structure to and from clipboard,
export and import the tree data to and from a file, and reset the whole tree structure.
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 5-15 [GP RF Tool] Context menu of a tree structure

5.2.2 M50 series user interface


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

You can also load a database from the target or from a file for GP RF Tool. For other details, please refer to the
© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

section “M21 series user interface”.

5.3 Lab Tuning


This page can trigger the specific tuning flow based on modem support capability, such as LTE DPD delay search
or LTE ET delay search…etc. You can start it from main page after connecting to the target.

Note: Before using this tool, you must install driver of GPIB card. And the [Lab Tuning] supports the following
instruments:

 Agilent8960,CMU200,CMW500/CMW100,StarPoint6010,MT8820/21,MT8870,CTP3110,Transcom6280
,AgilentEXT,IQxstream,PXI3000, Transcom6290, IQxstream-M, StarPoint9010 and CTP3308E.
Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 103

Modem META Tool


MediaTek Confidential © 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification:Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support

5 RF Tools
MT6001

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)


Figure 5-16 Select [Lab Tuning] from main selection menu

Modem META Tool


104
Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-17 [Lab tuning] main page

5.3.1 Start action/ Runtime status update


Classification:Confidential B

Specify the tuning items and file configuration and click [Start] button to trigger the flow. The [Stop] button
will be activated automatically; stop flow by clicking it. And the [Runtime status] field will automatically update
the execution information of the tuning flow.

5.3.2 File configure


This page is used to configure all the file related to the tuning flow.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 105

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 5-18 [Lab Tuning] File configure

You must set up the configuration file [CFG file], initial file [INI file], and calibration data result file [CAL Result
file path] and result naming before clicking the [Start] button. Otherwise, you will get error message on
runtime status field. And [Lab Tuning] tool will save these files setting to file of META install folder before
closed.

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Table 5-2 [Lab Tuning] Brief descriptions of file configure

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Button/Flag Description
CFG file Configuration file for tuning flow
INI file Initial calibration data file for tuning flow

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Cal result folder All the result file generated from tuning flow is stored in this folder.
Cal result naming It is the naming for the [.cal] file, [.log] file and [.csv] file that are generated in the tuning flow.

Figure 5-19 [Lab Tuning] Runtime status sample for the empty field of necessary file

 The “file configure” can be folded by clicking the icon.

Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-20 [Lab Tuning] File configuration folded sample

106 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.3.3 Tuning item selection


This page is used to set up the tuning items. You need to select any of the tuning items before clicking [Start]
button, or an error message may pop up. You can right-click on item table, the context menu provides the
following options: Expand all/Collapse all/Select all/Deselect all.

Note: All the item in the table will be based on modem capability to show or not.
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-21 [Lab Tuning] Tuning Item selection

Table 5-3 [Lab Tuning] Brief descriptions of item selection

Button/Flag Description
Item selected hint label If any item is selected, its root naming will be displayed here.
Power supply It is used to configure the power supply Instrument.
Classification:Confidential B

Instrument selection It is used to configure the test Instrument.


Item selection It is used to select the item for tuning flow.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 107

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 5-22 [Lab Tuning] Context menu

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


5.4 RF Calibration
This page can trigger the modem calibration, such as GSM/WCDMD…etc. You can start it from main page after

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


connecting to the target.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Note: Before using this tool, you must install driver of GPIB card. And the [RF calibration] supports the
following instruments:

 Agilent8960,CMU200,CMW500/CMW100,StarPoint6010,MT8820/21,MT8870,CTP3110,Transcom6280
,AgilentEXT,IQxstream,PXI3000, Transcom6290, IQxstream-M, StarPoint9010 and CTP3308E.

Classification:Confidential B

108 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support

5 RF Tools
MT6001

109
Figure 5-23 Select [RF Calibration] from main selection menu

Modem META Tool


CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)
MediaTek Confidential © 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification:Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-24 [RF Calibration] main page

5.4.1 Start action/ Runtime status update


Specify the calibration item and file configuration and click [Start] button to trigger calibration. The [Stop]
button will be activated automatically; stop flow by clicking it. And the [Calibration Runtime status] field will
automatically update the execution information.

Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-25 [RF Calibration] Runtime status update sample

5.4.2 File configure


This page is used to configure all the file related to the calibration.

110 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 5-26 [RF Calibration] File configure

You must set up the configuration file [CFG file], RF Calibration data initial file [INI file], calibration data result
file [CAL Result file path] and result naming before clicking the [Start] button. Otherwise, you will get error
message on runtime status field. And [RF Calibration] will save these files setting to file of META install folder
before closed.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Table 5-4 [RF Calibration] Brief descriptions of file configure


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Button/Flag Description
Back up flag It is used to auto-back up calibration data to the target after the calibration successes.
CFG file Configuration file for calibration flow
© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

INI file Initial calibration data file for calibration flow


Cal result folder All the result file generated from calibration flow is stored in this folder.
It is the naming for the [.cal] file, [.log] file and [.csv] file that are generated in the calibration
Cal result naming
flow.
It is used for changing the file naming automatically, especially in stress test scenario.
If the current file name is “FileNameTest” and you select the “4” on the [Increase barcode
Auto-change the file naming
when success]. After calibration successes, the file name field will be auto changed to
“FileNameTest4”.
Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-27 [RF Calibration] Runtime status sample for the empty field of necessary file

 AD DB field setting
The AP DB file setting field [AP DB file] is only related to Co-TMS calibration. If you cannot see this
field, it means you don’t need to care AP DB file anymore, even for Co-TMS calibration.

Figure 5-28 [RF Calibration] AP DB field

 MD DB field setting

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 111

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

When the auto-loading MD DB supports, “Auto-loading” and “From file…” selections are available and
the default selection will be “Auto-loading”. Otherwise, it only shows “From file”. And for the duel-
modem images case, it will provides 2 DB fields selection with the MD SW label.

Tools will decide to load the MD DB or not by MD capability after the flow is triggered. Therefore, if
the selected item doesn’t need the NVRAM MD DB, you can ignore this filed.

MediaTek Confidential
o All the testing items and MD3 (C2K modem) items all don’t need the MD DB for running the
flow.

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-29 [RF Calibration] Scenario of all the MD DB field case

 The “file configure” can be folded by clicking the icon.

Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-30 [RF calibration] File configuration folded sample

5.4.3 Calibration / Testing item selection


This page is used to set up the calibration and the test items. You need to select any of items before clicking
[Start] button, or an error message may pop up. You can right-click on calibration or testing item table, the
context menu provides the following options: Expand all/Collapse all/Select all/Deselect all. The “Collapse all”
let you check the calibration/testing type more easily.

Note: All the item in the calibration/testing table will be based on modem capability to show or not.

112 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-31 [RF Calibration] Calibration/Testing Item configure


© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-32 [RF Calibration] Option hint label sample

Table 5-5 [RF Calibration] Brief descriptions of calibration/testing item configuration

Button/Flag Description
Item selected hint label If any item is selected, its root naming will be displayed here.
Instrument selection It is used to configure the Instrument.
Classification:Confidential B

Reset flag It is used to reset the Instrument.


2-port flag It is used to run the 2-port calibration or testing flow.
Calibration item
It is used to select the calibration item with the option and calibration type, FHC or Traditional.
selection
Testing item selection It is used to select the testing item with the option and testing type, List Mode or Traditional.
Option hint label It is use to show the option item that is selected.
Reset Reset the calibration/ testing item selection to the default selection.
Import Import the calibration/ testing item selection form the file.
Export Export the calibration/ testing item selection to the file.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 113

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

Figure 5-33 [RF Calibration] Error message sample of no item being selected

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-34 [RF Calibration] context menu

Figure 5-35 [RF Calibration] Check the calibration or testing type configuration

Classification:Confidential B
If you check the root, all the child items will be checked but it will not include the “Option” item.

Figure 5-36 [RF Calibration] Check status notice

114 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.4.3.1 Enable read only mode for item selection


If you want the item selection be locked, you need to configure the file,“User_Latest_Settings.txt”, which is
under the “configs” folder in the tool package and manually add the “ReadOnlyMode=1” under the section

[RFCalibrationSettings].
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 5-37 [RF Calibration] Enable read only mode setting

Once you set up, it can be enabled immediately after you import setting again by clicking “Import” button or it
can be enabled after META reconnection.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-38 [RF Calibration] After enabling read only mode for item section sample

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 115

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.4.4 Pack log utility


Pack log utility packages META related logs and RF calibration logs into a zip file.

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-39 Pack log utility for RF calibration

Tool will separate the logging data, such as modem, AP or META tool logs, by each RF calibration iteration.

 When starting a new iteration (Clicking [Start] button), the logs are automatically saved into the new
folder under the calibration result path. The format of folder naming will be [Result file
name]_timestamp; for example, barcode1_2018-05-09-17-15-33.

Classification:Confidential B

5.5 Multi-RAT RF Tool


This tool contains all supported MMRF testing and verification features, such as MultiRAT TADC, Tas, MIPI
CW …etc. You can start it from main page after connecting to the target.

116 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-40 Select [Multi-RAT RF Tool] from main selection menu

After tool startup, select the RF feature page from tab panel or context menu. And you can make RF feature
page floating from the main form, and drag and drop them to change your favorite layout. The detailed
descriptions of each RF page are listed in the below sections.
Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-41 Select [Multi-RAT RF Tool] from main selection menu

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 117

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Figure 5-42 [Multi-RAT RF Tool] Select RF page form context menu

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-43 [RF Tool] Example of making the layout by yourself

5.5.1 MultiRatTadc Control


This page can trigger target to report TADC result of each RF IC and provide TADC calibration data modification
interface (Include read/write/import/export).

118 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.5.1.1 M21 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-44 [M21] Multi-RAT TADC

5.5.1.1.a Temperature indicator


The temperature indicator located on the header of TADC calibration data table, and the temperature of each
level was queried from target before this page shown.
Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-45 [M21] Temperature indicator of TADC calibration data.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 119

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.5.1.1.b Fetch ADC


Specify the testing parameters and click [Fetch ADC] button to fetch ADC result.

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-46 [M21] Click [Fetch ADC] button to fetch ADC result

5.5.1.1.c Read / Write the calibration data


Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update TADC calibration data of target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-47 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in MultiRAT TADC

120 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.5.1.1.d Import / Export the calibration data


Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export Init-AFC, Slope, and CAP ID of file. You can see “Import data
from file successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-48 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in MultiRAT TADC

The following is the INI file format of TADC calibration data. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and
then change the value based on its format.

[Multi-RAT Temperature Sensor]


RFIC0 =
Classification:Confidential B

5.5.1.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

5.5.2 Tas
This page can set Tas (Transmitting Antenna Switching) state of each RAT.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 121

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.5.2.1 M21 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Figure 5-49 [M21] Multi-RAT RF tool Tas

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


5.5.2.1.a Start testing

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to set Tas state.

Classification:Confidential B
Figure 5-50 [M21] Click [Start] button to set Tas state

5.5.2.2 M50 series user interface


Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

5.5.3 Mipi CW
This page of RF tool provide read/write RF register related parameters.

122 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.5.3.1 M21 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-51 [M21]Multi-RAT RF tool MipiCW

5.5.3.1.a Read / Write the data


Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update MIPI related setting of target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.
Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 123

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-52 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in Multi-RAT RF tool MipiCW

5.5.3.2 M50 series user interface


Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

Classification:Confidential B
5.6 GSM RF Tool
This tool contains all supported GSM RF testing and verification features, such as AFC control, path loss,
PM …etc. You can start it from main page after connecting to the target.

124 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-53 Select [GSM RF Tool] from main selection menu

After tool startup, select the RF feature page from tab panel or context menu. And you can make RF feature
page floating from the main form, and drag and drop them to change your favorite layout. The detailed
descriptions of each RF page are listed in the below sections.
Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-54 Select [GSM RF Tool] from main selection menu

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 125

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-55 [GSM RF Tool] Select RF page form context menu

Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-56 [GSM RF Tool] Example of making the layout by yourself

5.6.1 AFC Control


This page can trigger target to detect the FB with the specific testing parameters and then get average
frequency error of the total FB detection. This page also can calculate AFC calibration data.

126 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.6.1.1 M21 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-57 [M21] GSM AFC Control

5.6.1.1.a Start testing


Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The frequency error will be showed in
Classification:Confidential B

the “Output / Calculator for calibration data” field.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 127

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-58 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM AFC test

5.6.1.1.b Calculate Init-AFC / Slope


This tool can calculate Init-AFC DAC and slope values; please click the [Calculate] button to get results.

Classification:Confidential B

128 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-59 [M21] Click [Calculate] button to calculate the GSM Init-AFC DAC and Slope

5.6.1.1.c Read / Write the calibration data


Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update Init-AFC Dac and Slope of target. You can see “Read data from
target successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.
Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 129

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-60 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM AFC control

5.6.1.1.d Import / Export the calibration data


Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export Init-AFC Dac and Slope of file. You can see “Import data from
file successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.

Classification:Confidential B

130 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-61 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in GSM AFC control

The following is the INI file format of AFC calibration data. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and
then change the value based on its format.

[MMRF AFC control]


Initial value =
Slope =
cap_id =
Classification:Confidential B

5.6.1.2 M50 series user interface


Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

5.6.2 AFC DAC Sweep


This page can trigger target to detect the FB with the specific testing parameters and then get average
frequency error of the total FB detection from minimum AFC DAC to maximum AFC DAC.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 131

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.6.2.1 M21 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-62 [M21] GSM AFC DAC Sweep

5.6.2.1.a Start testing


Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The frequency error will be showed in
the output table.

Classification:Confidential B

132 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support

5 RF Tools
MT6001

133
Figure 5-63 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM AFC DAC sweep test

Modem META Tool


CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)
MediaTek Confidential © 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification:Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
MediaTek Confidential © 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification:Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support

5 RF Tools
MT6001

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)


Figure 5-64 [M21] GSM AFC DAC sweep test runtime result

Modem META Tool


Click [Export] button to export sweep result to the file.
5.6.2.1.b Export the result

134
Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-65 [M21] Export the GSM AFC DAC sweep test result to file

5.6.2.2 M50 series user interface


Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.
Classification:Confidential B

5.6.3 Crystal AFC Control


This page can trigger target to output the TX burst for frequency error measurement.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 135

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.6.3.1 M21 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-66 [M21] GSM Crystal AFC Control

5.6.3.1.a Start / Stop testing


Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The frequency error will be showed on
the instrument. The [Stop] button will be activated automatically; stop testing by clicking it.

Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-67 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM Crystal AFC Control test

136 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.6.3.1.b Read / Write the calibration data


Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update CAP ID of target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-68 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM Crystal AFC control

5.6.3.1.c Import / Export the calibration data


Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export CAP ID of file. You can see “Import data from file
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.
Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 137

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Figure 5-69 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in GSM Crystal AFC control

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


The following is the INI file format of AFC calibration data. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and
then change the value based on its format.

[MMRF AFC control]



cap_id =

5.6.3.2 M50 series user interface


Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

5.6.4 PM Classification:Confidential B

This page is used for measuring the power of the indicated channel.

5.6.4.1 M21 series user interface

There are two different user interfaces on M21 series by modem capability. The major difference between
these two pages is that antenna can be configured with diversity path.

138 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 5-70 [M21] GSM PM (1)


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-71 [M21] GSM PM (2)

5.6.4.1.a Start testing


Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The measurement power result will be
showed in the “Output” field.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 139

Modem META Tool


MediaTek Confidential © 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification:Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support

5 RF Tools
MT6001

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)


Figure 5-73 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM PM test (2)
Figure 5-72 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM PM test (1)

Modem META Tool


140
Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.6.4.2 M50 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-74 [M50] GSM PM

5.6.4.2.a Start testing


Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The measurement power result will be
showed in the “Output” field.
Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-75 [M50] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM PM test

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 141

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.6.4.3 M70 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-76 [M70] GSM PM

5.6.5 Path Loss


The difference of the downlink cell power and the average power of RSSI is the Path Loss. This page is used for
fine tune the RX path loss and to save these settings to target or file.

Classification:Confidential B
5.6.5.1 M21 series user interface

There are two different user interfaces on M21 series by modem capability. The major difference between
these two pages is that you can configure path loss on diversity path.

In addition, this page will show target supported LNA mode by modem capability. If certain of LNA modes
aren’t supported by modem, those fields of the LNA modes are not editable.

142 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support

5 RF Tools
MT6001

143
Figure 5-77 [M21] GSM Path Loss (1)

Figure 5-78 [M21] GSM Path Loss (2)

Modem META Tool


CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)
MediaTek Confidential © 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification:Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.6.5.1.a Read / Write the calibration data


Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update Path Loss of target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Figure 5-79 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM Path Loss (1)

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-80 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM Path Loss (2)

5.6.5.1.b Import / Export the calibration data


Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export Path Loss of file. You can see “Import data from file
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.

144 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 5-81 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in GSM Path Loss (1)
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-82 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in GSM Path Loss (2)

The followings are the INI file formats of Path Loss. The major difference between these two formats is that
you can configure path loss on diversity path. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then change
the value based on its format.

Note: This is the one example of GSM bands without diversity path.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 145

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

[GSM850 Sub band, RX loss]

Max ARFCN =

RX loss =

RX loss middle =

MediaTek Confidential
RX loss middle TLF =

RX loss low =

RX loss elna utra high =

RX loss elna bypass low =

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Note: This is the one example of GSM bands with diversity path

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


[GSM850 Sub band, RX loss]

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Max ARFCN =

RX loss =

RX loss middle =

RX loss middle TLF =

RX loss low =

RX loss elna utra high =

RX loss elna bypass low =

[GSM850 Sub band, RXD loss]

Max ARFCN = Classification:Confidential B

RX loss =

RX loss middle =

RX loss middle TLF =

RX loss low =

RX loss elna utra high =

RX loss elna bypass low =

146 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.6.5.2 M50 series user interface


This page will show target supported LNA mode by modem capability. If certain of LNA modes aren’t
supported by modem, those fields of the LNA modes are not editable.
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-83 [M50] GSM Path Loss

5.6.5.2.a Read / Write the calibration data


Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update Path Loss of target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.
Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 147

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-84 [M50] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM Path Loss

5.6.5.2.b Import / Export the calibration data


6 Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export Path Loss of file. You can see “Import data from file
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.

Classification:Confidential B

148 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-85 [M50] [Import] and [Export] button in GSM Path Loss

The following is the INI file format of Path Loss. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then change
the value based on its format.

Note: This is the one example of GSM bands


Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 149

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

[GSM850 Sub band, RX loss]

Max ARFCN =

RX loss =

RX loss middle =

MediaTek Confidential
RX loss middle TLF =

RX loss low =

RX loss elna utra high =

RX loss elna bypass low =

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


[GSM850 Sub band, RXD loss]

Max ARFCN =

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


RX loss =

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


RX loss middle =

RX loss middle TLF =

RX loss low =

RX loss elna utra high =

RX loss elna bypass low =

5.6.6 Continuous RX

Classification:Confidential B
This page can observe the RX IQ signal.

5.6.5.1 M21 series user interface


There are two different user interfaces on M21 series by modem capability. The major difference between
these two pages is that antenna can be configured with diversity path.

150 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 5-86 [M21] GSM Continuous RX (1)


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-87 [M21] GSM Continuous RX (2)


Classification:Confidential B

5.6.5.1.1 Start / Stop testing


Specify the band, UARFCN and gain and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be
activated automatically; stop testing by clicking it.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 151

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Figure 5-88 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM Continuous RX (1)

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-89 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM Continuous RX (2)

Classification:Confidential B
5.6.5.2 M50 series user interface

152 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

Figure 5-90 [M50] GSM Continuous RX

5.6.5.2.1 Start/Stop testing


Specify the band, UARFCN and gain and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be
activated automatically; stop testing by clicking it.
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-91 [M50] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM Continuous RX


© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

5.6.7 Continuous TX
This page can observe the TX IQ signal.

5.6.7.1 M21 series user interface


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-92 [M21] GSM Continuous TX

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 153

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.6.7.1.1 Start / Stop testing


Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it.

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Figure 5-93 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM Continuous TX

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


5.6.7.2 M50 series user interface
Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


5.6.8 Multi-Slot TX
This page can trigger target to output the multi-slot TX burst for transmitted power measurement.

Classification:Confidential B

154 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.6.8.1 M21 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-94 [M21] GSM Multi-Slot TX

5.6.8.1.1 Start / Stop testing


Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it.
Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-95 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM Multi-Slot TX

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 155

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.6.8.1.2 Read / Write the TX rollback data


Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update TX rollback of target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-96 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM Multi-Slot TX

5.6.8.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

Classification:Confidential B
5.6.9 TX Level
This page can trigger target to output the TX burst for transmitted power measurement.

156 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.6.9.1 M21 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential

Figure 5-97 [M21] GSM TX Level


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

5.6.9.1.1 Start / Stop testing


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

automatically; stop testing by clicking it.


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-98 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM TX Level

5.6.9.1.2 Fetch the temperature sensor data


Click [Fetch] buttons to get temperature sensor data of target. You can see “Fetch temperature sensor value
successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 157

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 5-99 [M21] [Fetch] button in GSM TX Level

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


5.6.9.2 M50 series user interface
Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


5.6.10 Inter Slot Ramp
This page used for fine tune inter slot ramp profile for GPRS and EDGE and to save these settings to target or
file.

5.6.10.1 M21 series user interface

Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-100 [M21] GSM Inter Slot Ramp

5.6.10.1.1 Read / Write the calibration data


Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update inter slot ramp calibration data of target. You can see “Read data
from target successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

158 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 5-101 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM Inter Slot Ramp
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

5.6.10.1.2 Import / Export the calibration data


Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export inter slot ramp calibration data of file. You can see “Import
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

data from file successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.
© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-102 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in GSM Inter Slot Ramp

The following is the INI file format of Inter Slot Ramp. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then
Classification:Confidential B

change the value based on its format.

Note: This is the one example of GSM bands

[GSM850 EPSK inter slot ramp]

GMSK GMSK inter slot ramp =

GMSK EPSK inter slot ramp =

EPSK GMSK inter slot ramp =

EPSK EPSK inter slot ramp =

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 159

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.6.10.2 M50 series user interface


Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

5.6.11 GMSK Profile

MediaTek Confidential
This page is used for fine tune the TX configuration and profiles for GMSK, and update the settings to target or
file. Due to M21-MT2731 is telematics chip, its Battery Compensate of page display is special. Battery
Compensate of M21-Commom is array[3][3], but M21-MT2731 is array[5][5].

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


5.6.11.1 M21 series user interface

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-103 [M21] GSM GMSK Profile

160 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-104 [M21-MT2731] GSM GMSK Profile

5.6.11.1.1 Read / Write the calibration data


Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update GMSK profile of target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.
Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 161

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-105 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM GMSK profile

5.6.11.1.2 Import / Export the calibration data


Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export GMSK profile of file. You can see “Import data from file
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.

Classification:Confidential B

162 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-106 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in GSM GMSK profile

The following is the INI file format of GMSK profile. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then
change the value based on its format.

Note: This is the one example of GSM bands


Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 163

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

[GSM850 level, ramp]

APC dc offset =

Low APC dc offset =

APC lowest power =

MediaTek Confidential
TX power level =

profile 0 ramp up =

profile 0 ramp down =

profile 1 ramp up =

profile 1 ramp down =

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


profile 2 ramp up =

profile 2 ramp down =

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


profile 3 ramp up =

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


profile 3 ramp down =

profile 4 ramp up =

profile 4 ramp down =

profile 5 ramp up =

profile 5 ramp down =

profile 6 ramp up =

profile 6 ramp down =

profile 7 ramp up =

profile 7 ramp down =

profile 8 ramp up = Classification:Confidential B

profile 8 ramp down =

profile 9 ramp up =

profile 9 ramp down =

profile 10 ramp up =

profile 10 ramp down =

profile 11 ramp up =

profile 11 ramp down =

profile 12 ramp up =

profile 12 ramp down =


164profile 13 ramp up = CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

profile 13 ramp down = Modem META Tool

profile 14 ramp up =
Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.6.5.1 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.


MediaTek Confidential

5.6.12 GMSK Graphic Ramp


This page provides graphic user interface for fine tune the ramp profiles for GMSK, and update the settings to
target or file.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

5.6.12.1 M21 series user interface


© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.
Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-107 [M21] GSM GMSK Graphic Ramp

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 165

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.6.12.1.1 Read / Write the calibration data


Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update GMSK profile of target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-108 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM GMSK Graphic Ramp

5.6.12.1.2 Import / Export the calibration data


Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export GMSK profile of file. You can see “Import data from file

Classification:Confidential B
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.

166 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-109 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in GSM GMSK Graphic Ramp

The following is the INI file format of GMSK profile. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then
change the value based on its format.

Note: This is the one example of GSM bands, where (X) ranges from 0 to 15.

[GSM850 level, ramp]


Classification:Confidential B

TX power level =

profile (X) ramp up =

profile (X) ramp down =

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 167

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.6.12.1.3 Adjust ramp up / down profile data by graphics


The value of point on the graphics and value of the ramp profile table are affected by each other. You can drag
and drop the points on the graphics to adjust profile data and vice versa.

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-110 [M21] Before adjust GMSK profile data in GSM GMSK Graphic Ramp

Classification:Confidential B

168 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-111 [M21] After adjust GMSK profile data in GSM GMSK Graphic Ramp

5.6.12.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

5.6.13 EPSK Profile


Classification:Confidential B

This page is used for fine tune the TX configuration and profiles for EPSK, and update the settings to target or
file. Due to M21-MT2731 is telematics chip, its Battery Compensate of page display is special. Battery
compensate of M21-Common is array[3][3], but M21-MT2731 is array[5][5].

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 169

Modem META Tool


MediaTek Confidential © 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification:Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support

5 RF Tools
MT6001

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)


Figure 5-112 [M21] GSM EPSK Profile

Modem META Tool


5.6.13.1 M21 series user interface

170
Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-113 [M21-MT2731] GSM EPSK Profile

5.6.13.1.1 Read / Write the calibration data


Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update EPSK profile of target. You can see “Read data from target
Classification:Confidential B

successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 171

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-114 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM EPSK profile

5.6.13.1.2 Import / Export the calibration data


Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export EPSK profile of file. You can see “Import data from file
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.

Classification:Confidential B

172 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-115 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in GSM EPSK profile

The following is the INI file format of EPSK profile. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then
change the value based on its format.

Note: This is the one example of GSM bands


Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 173

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

[EPSK GSM850 level, ramp]

8-level PA TX power level(dB) =

profile 0 ramp up =

profile 0 ramp down =

MediaTek Confidential
profile 1 ramp up =

profile 1 ramp down =

profile 2 ramp up =

profile 2 ramp down =

profile 3 ramp up =

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


profile 3 ramp down =

profile 4 ramp up =

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


profile 4 ramp down =

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


profile 5 ramp up =

profile 5 ramp down =

profile 6 ramp up =

profile 6 ramp down =

profile 7 ramp up =

profile 7 ramp down =

profile 8 ramp up =

profile 8 ramp down =

profile 9 ramp up =

profile 9 ramp down = Classification:Confidential B

profile 10 ramp up =

profile 10 ramp down =

profile 11 ramp up =

profile 11 ramp down =

profile 12 ramp up =

profile 12 ramp down =

profile 13 ramp up =

profile 13 ramp down =

profile 14 ramp up =
174profile 14 ramp down = CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

profile 15 ramp up = Modem META Tool

profile 15 ramp down =


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.6.13.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.


MediaTek Confidential

5.6.14 EPSK Graphic Ramp


This page provides graphic user interface for fine tune the ramp profiles for EPSK, and update the settings to
target or file.

5.6.14.1 M21 series user interface


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-116 [M21] GSM EPSK Graphic Ramp

5.6.14.1.1 Read / Write the calibration data


Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update EPSK profile of target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 175

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-117 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM EPSK Graphic Ramp

5.6.14.1.2 Import / Export the calibration data


Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export EPSK profile of file. You can see “Import data from file
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.

Classification:Confidential B

176 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-118 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in GSM EPSK Graphic Ramp

The following is the INI file format of EPSK profile. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then
change the value based on its format.

Note: This is the one example of GSM bands, where (X) ranges from 0 to 15.

[EPSK GSM850 level, ramp]


Classification:Confidential B

8-level PA TX power level(dB) =

profile (X) ramp up =

profile (X) ramp down = ….

5.6.14.1.3 Adjust ramp up / down profile data by graphics


The value of point on the graphics and value of the ramp profile table are affected by each other. You can drag
and drop the points on the graphics to adjust profile data and vice versa.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 177

Modem META Tool


MediaTek Confidential © 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification:Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support

5 RF Tools
MT6001

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)


Figure 5-119 [M21] Before adjust EPSK profile data in GSM EPSK Graphic Ramp

Modem META Tool


178
Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

Figure 5-120 [M21] After adjust EPSK profile data in GSM EPSK Graphic Ramp

5.6.14.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.


MediaTek Confidential

5.6.15 RX Gain Calculator


This page can calculate recommended gain and downlink power with specific input.

5.6.15.1 M50 series user interface


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-121 [M50] GSM RX Gain Calculator


Classification:Confidential B

5.6.15.1.1 Start calculating


Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger calculating. The recommended gain and
downlink power will be showed in the “Output” field.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 179

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Figure 5-122 [M50] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM RX Gain Calculator

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


5.7 WCDMA RF Tool
This tool contains all supported WCDMA RF testing and verification features, such as AFC control, path loss,
DPCH TX …etc. You can start it from main page after connecting to the target.

Classification:Confidential B

180 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-123 Select [WCDMA RF Tool] from main selection menu

After tool startup, select the RF feature page from tab panel or context menu. And you can make RF feature
page floating from the main form, and drag and drop them to change your favorite layout. The detailed
descriptions of each RF page are listed in the below sections.
Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-124 Select [WCDMA RF Tool] from main selection menu

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 181

Modem META Tool


MediaTek Confidential © 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification:Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support

5 RF Tools
MT6001

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)


Figure 5-126 [WCDMA RF Tool] Example of making the layout by yourself
Figure 5-125 [WCDMA RF Tool] Select RF page form context menu

Modem META Tool


182
Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.7.1 AFC Control


This page can trigger target to output the TX burst for frequency error measurement and calculate AFC
calibration data.
MediaTek Confidential

5.7.1.1 M21 series user interface


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-127 [M21]WCDMA AFC Control


Classification:Confidential B

5.7.1.1.1 Start testing


Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing to get the frequency error.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 183

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-128 [M21]Click [Start] button to trigger AFC test

5.7.1.1.2 Calculate Init-AFC / Slope


This tool can calculate Init-AFC DAC and slope values; please fill the frequency error shown on the instrument
and click the [Calculate] button to get results.

Classification:Confidential B

184 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-129 [M21] Click [Calculate] button to calculate the WCDMA Init-AFC DAC and Slope

5.7.1.1.3 Read / Write the calibration data


Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update Init-AFC, Slope, and CAP ID of target. You can see “Read data from
target successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.
Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 185

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-130 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in WCDMA AFC control

5.7.1.1.4 Import / Export the calibration data


Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export Init-AFC, Slope, and CAP ID of file. You can see “Import data
from file successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.

Classification:Confidential B

186 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-131 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in WCDMA AFC control

The following is the INI file format of AFC calibration data. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and
then change the value based on its format.

[MMRF AFC control]


Initial value =
Slope =
cap_id =
Classification:Confidential B

5.7.1.2 M50 series user interface


Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

5.7.2 AFC Sweep


This page can trigger target to output the TX burst for frequency error measurement based on minimum/
maximum CAP ID and minimum/ maximum AFC DAC.

Sweep flow: Set up CAP ID first and then sweep AFC DAC from minimum to maximum. Next, set up next CAP ID
and then sweep AFC DAC from minimum to maximum again. Next… etc.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 187

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.7.2.1 M21 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-132 [M21] WCDMA AFC Sweep

5.7.2.1.1 Start testing


Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing to the frequency error.

Classification:Confidential B

188 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support

5 RF Tools
MT6001

189
Figure 5-133 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger WCDMA AFC sweep test

Modem META Tool


CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)
MediaTek Confidential © 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification:Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

Figure 5-134 [M21] WCDMA AFC sweep test runtime result

5.7.2.1.2 Export the result


Click [Export] buttons to export sweep result to the file.

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-135 [M21] Export the WCDMA AFC sweep test result to file

5.7.2.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

5.7.3 RSSI

Classification:Confidential B
This page can measure the power of the indicated channel.

190 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.7.3.1 M21 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-136 [M21] WCDMA RSSI


Classification:Confidential B

5.7.3.1.1 Start testing


Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger RSSI testing. The result will be shown in the
“Output” field.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 191

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-137 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger RSSI test

5.7.3.1.2 Start continuous RX testing


Specify the testing parameters and then check [Cont. RX] option and click [Start] button to trigger continuous
RX testing.
Classification:Confidential B

192 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-138 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger Cont. RX test

5.7.3.1.3 Start continuous RX testing


Specify the RX gain configuration and click [Calculate] button to Get RX gain information.
Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 193

Modem META Tool


MediaTek Confidential © 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification:Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support

5 RF Tools
MT6001

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)


Figure 5-139 [M21] Click [Calculate] button to get RX gain information

Modem META Tool


Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.
5.7.3.2 M50 series user interface

194
Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.7.3.3 M70 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-140 [M70] WCDMA RSSI

5.7.3.3.1 Start testing


Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger RSSI testing. The result will be shown in the
“Output” field.
Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 195

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-141 [M70] Click [Start] button to trigger RSSI test

5.7.3.3.2 Start continuous RX testing

Classification:Confidential B
Specify the testing parameters and then check [Cont. RX] option and click [Start] button to trigger continuous
RX testing.

196 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-142 [M70] Click [Start] button to trigger Cont. RX test

5.7.3.3.3 Start continuous RX testing


Specify the RX gain configuration and click [Calculate] button to Get RX gain information.
Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 197

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-143 [M70] Click [Calculate] button to get RX gain information

5.7.4 Path Loss


The difference of the downlink cell power and the average power of RSSI is the Path Loss. This page is used for Classification:Confidential B
fine tune the RX path loss and to save these settings to target or file.

198 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.7.4.1 M21 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-144 [M21] WCDMA Path Loss


Classification:Confidential B

5.7.4.1.1 Read / Write the calibration data


Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update Path Loss of target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 199

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-145 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in WCDMA Path Loss

5.7.4.1.2 Import / Export the calibration data


Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export Path Loss of file. You can see “Import data from file

Classification:Confidential B
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.

200 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-146 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in WCDMA Path Loss

The following is the INI file format of Path Loss. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then change
the value based on its format.

Note: This is the one example of WCDMA bands


Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 201

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

[WCDMA BAND1 RX loss]

Temperature Offset=

Max UARFCN=

RX loss HPM G1=

MediaTek Confidential
RX loss HPM G2=

RX loss HPM G3=

RX loss HPM G4=

RX loss HPM G5=

RX loss HPM G6=

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


RX loss LPM G1=

RX loss LPM G2=

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


RX loss LPM G3=

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


RX loss LPM G4=

RX loss LPM G5=

RX loss LPM G6=

5.7.4.2 M50 series user interface


Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

Classification:Confidential B

202 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support

5 RF Tools
MT6001

203
Figure 5-147 [M70] WCDMA Path Loss

Modem META Tool


M70 support new power mode : RX talking mode.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)


5.7.4.3 M70 series user interface

5.7.4.3.1 The difference from other seris


MediaTek Confidential © 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification:Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
MediaTek Confidential © 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification:Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support

5 RF Tools
MT6001

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)


Figure 5-148 [M70] WCDMA Path Loss – talking mode support

Modem META Tool


This page can observe RX RSCP.
5.7.5 RSCP

204
Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.7.5.1 M21 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-149 [M21] WCDMA RSCP

5.7.5.1.1 Start / Stop testing


Classification:Confidential B

Specify the band and UARFCN and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 205

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-150 [M21] [Start] button to trigger WCDMA RSCP

5.7.5.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

Classification:Confidential B

5.7.6 PRACH TX
This page can observe the TX PRACH signal.

206 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.7.6.1 M21 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential

Figure 5-151 [M21] WCDMA PRACH TX

5.7.6.1.1 Start / Stop testing


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Specify the band and UARFCN and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-152 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger WCDMA PRACH TX

5.7.6.2 M50 series user interface


Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.
Classification:Confidential B

5.7.7 DPCH TX
This page can trigger DPCH TX power testing.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 207

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.7.7.1 M21 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Figure 5-153 WCDMA DPCH TX

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


5.7.7.1.1 Start / Stop testing
Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it.

Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-154 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger WCDMA DPCH TX

5.7.7.1.2 Fetch PD value


Click [Fetch] button to trigger fetch PD value.

208 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 5-155 [M21] Click [Fetch] button to trigger fetching WCDMA PD value
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

5.7.7.2 M50 series user interface


Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.
© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

5.7.7.3 M70 series user interface


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-156 WCDMA DPCH TX

5.7.7.3.1 Power up/down testing


After clicking [Start] button to trigger testing, [Stop] and [+1db][-1db] button will be activated automatically;
Click [+1db] or [-1db] button to adjust current power, and also DUT will report the power which be shown on
GUI after power adjustment.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 209

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 5-157 [M70] Click [+1db] or [-1db] button to adjust current power

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
5.7.8 TPC Profile
This page is used for fine tune the TX configuration and profiles, and update the settings to target or file.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


5.7.8.1 M21 series user interface

Classification:Confidential B

210 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

Figure 5-158 [M21] WCDMA TPC Profile

5.7.8.1.1 Read / Write the calibration data


Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update TPC calibration data of target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 5-159 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in WCDMA TPC profile
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

5.7.8.1.2 Import / Export the calibration data


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export TPC calibration data of file. You can see “Import data from file
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.
© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.
Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-160 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in WCDMA TPC profile

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 211

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

The following is the INI file format of TPC profile. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then
change the value based on its format.

Note: This is the one example of WCDMA bands

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B

212 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

[WCDMA BAND1 TPC]

End1=

End2=

Pa control pga-g12a pa gain=


MediaTek Confidential

Pa control pga-g12b pa gain=

PA OCTLEVEL PA Phase Compensation=

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level Dc2Dc=

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level PA Gain=

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level PA Mode=


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level Prf=

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level VBias=


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level Vm1=


© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level Vm2=

PA OCTLEVEL Sections=

Power detector subband max uarfcn=

Power detector subband power offset dB=

Start1=

Start2=

Subband max uarfcn, PA high mode=

Subband max uarfcn, PA low mode=

Subband max uarfcn, PA middle mode=


Classification:Confidential B

Subband power offset dB, PA high mode=

Subband power offset dB, PA low mode=

Subband power offset dB, PA middle mode=

Temperature compensation offset dB, PA high mode=

Temperature compensation offset dB, PA low mode=

Temperature compensation offset dB, PA middle mode=

VGA DAC, PA high mode=

VGA DAC, PA low mode=

VGA DAC, PA middle mode=

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 213

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.7.8.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

MediaTek Confidential
5.7.9 MIPI TPA Profile
This page can provide the debugging ultility and basic function of MIPI TPA profile.

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-161 WCDMA MIPI TPA Profile

Classification:Confidential B

5.7.9.1 Read MIPI TPA code word

Specify the MIPI TPA code word and click [Read] button to get the value.

214 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-162 Read WCDMA MIPI TPA code word


© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

5.7.9.2 Write MIPI TPA code word


Specify the WCDMA MIPI code word value and click [Write] button.
Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-163 Write Read WCDMA MIPI TPA code word

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 215

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.7.9.3 M50 series user interface


Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

5.7.10 DPD PA Profile

MediaTek Confidential
This page is used for fine tune the DPD PA configuration and profiles, and update the settings to target or file.

5.7.10.1 M21 series user interface

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-164 [M21] WCDMA DPD PA Profile

5.7.10.1.1 Read / Write the calibration data


Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update DPD PA calibration data of target. You can see “Read data from
target successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

216 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

Figure 5-165 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in DPD PA profile

5.7.10.1.2 Import / Export the calibration data


Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export DPD PA calibration data of file. You can see “Import data from
file successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 5-166 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in WCDMA DPD PA profile
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

The following is the INI file format of DPD PA profile. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then
change the value based on its format.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Note: This is the one example of WCDMA bands , where (X) ranges from 0 to 14
© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.
Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 217

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

[WCDMA BAND1 DPD]

Cal done =

Tr Val =

Subband power offset dB, PA high mode =

MediaTek Confidential
Subband power offset dB, PA middle mode =

Subband power offset dB, PA low mode =

Temperature compensation offset dB, PA high mode =

Temperature compensation offset dB, PA middle mode =

Temperature compensation offset dB, PA low mode =

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Start1 =

End1 =

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Start2 =

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


End2 =

PA OCTLEVEL Sections =

PA OCTLEVEL PA Phase Compensation =

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level PA Mode =

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level Prf =

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level Dc2Dc =

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level Vm1 =

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level Vm2 =

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level VBias =

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level PA Gain = Classification:Confidential B

Tx path compensation =

Subband(X) AM Gain Num0 =

Subband(X) AM Gain Num1 =

Subband(X) AM Gain Num2 =

Subband(X) AM Gain Num3 =

Subband(X) AM Gain Num4 =

Subband(X) AM Gain Num5 =

Subband(X) AM Gain Num6 =

Subband(X) AM Gain Num7 =


218Subband(X) PM Gain Num0 = CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Subband(X) PM Gain Num1 = Modem META Tool

Subband(X) PM Gain Num2 =


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.8 TDSCDMA RF Tool


This tool contains all supported TDSCDMA RF testing and verification features, such as AFC control, path loss,
MediaTek Confidential

DPCH TX …etc. You can start it from main page after connecting to the target.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-167 Select [TDSCDMA RF Tool] from main selection menu

After tool startup, select the RF feature page from tab panel or context menu. And you can make RF feature
page floating from the main form, and drag and drop them to change your favorite layout. The detailed
descriptions of each RF page are listed in the below sections.

Figure 5-168 Select [TDSCDMA RF Tool] from main selection menu

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 219

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Figure 5-169 [TDSCDMA RF Tool] Select RF page form context menu

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-170 [TDSCDMA RF Tool] Example of making the layout by yourself © 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.
Classification:Confidential B

5.8.1 AFC Control


This page can trigger target to output the TX burst for frequency error measurement and calculate AFC
calibration data.

220 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.8.1.1 M21 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-171 [M21] TDSCDMA AFC Control

5.8.1.1.1 Start / Stop testing


Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The frequency error will be showed on
the instrument. The [Stop] button will be activated automatically; stop testing by clicking it.
Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 221

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

Figure 5-172 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger AFC test

5.8.1.1.2 Calculate Init-AFC / Slope


This tool can calculate Init-AFC DAC and slope values; please fill the frequency error shown on the instrument
and click the [Calculate] button to get results.

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-173 [M21] Click [Calculate] button to calculate the TDSCDMA Init-AFC DAC and Slope

5.8.1.1.3 Read / Write the calibration data


Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update Init-AFC, Slope, and CAP ID of target. You can see “Read data from

Classification:Confidential B
target successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

222 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-174 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in TDSCDMA AFC control

5.8.1.1.4 Import / Export the calibration data


Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export Init-AFC, Slope, and CAP ID of file. You can see “Import data
from file successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.
Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 223

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

Figure 5-175 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in TDSCDMA AFC control

The following is the INI file format of AFC calibration data. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and
then change the value based on its format.

[MMRF AFC control]


Initial value =

MediaTek Confidential
Slope =
cap_id =

5.8.1.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


5.8.2 RSSI

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


This page can measure the power of the indicated channel.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


5.8.2.1 M21 series user interface

Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-176 [M21] TDSCDMA RSSI

5.8.2.1.1 Start testing


Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger RSSI testing. The result will be shown in the
“Output” field.

224 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-177 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger RSSI test


© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

5.8.2.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

5.8.3 Path Loss


The difference of the downlink cell power and the average power of RSSI is the Path Loss. This page is used for
fine tune the RX path loss and to save these settings to target or file.
Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 225

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.8.3.1 M21 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-178 [M21] TDSCDMA Path Loss

5.8.3.1.1 Read / Write the calibration data


Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update Path Loss of target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

Classification:Confidential B

226 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-179 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in TDSCDMA Path Loss

5.8.3.1.2 Import / Export the calibration data


Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export Path Loss of file. You can see “Import data from file
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.
Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 227

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

Figure 5-180 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in TDSCDMA Path Loss

The following is the INI file format of Path Loss. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then change
the value based on its format.

Note: This is the one example of TDSCDMA bands

MediaTek Confidential
[TDSCDMA 1850-1930MHz RX loss]
Subband Max UARFCN =
Subband RX loss high mode =
Subband RX loss middle mode =
Subband RX loss low mode =
Subband RX loss ext mode =

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Subband RX loss ext0 mode =
Subband RX loss ext1 mode =

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Subband RX loss ext2 mode =
Subband RX loss ext3 mode =

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Temperature RX loss high mode =
Temperature RX loss middle mode =
Temperature RX loss low mode =
Temperature RX loss ext mode =
Temperature RX loss ext0 mode =
Temperature RX loss ext1 mode =
Temperature RX loss ext2 mode =
Temperature RX loss ext3 mode =

Classification:Confidential B
5.8.3.2 M50 series user interface
Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

5.8.4 Continuous RX
This page can observe the RX IQ signal.

228 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.8.4.1 M21 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 5-181 [M21] TDSCDMA Continuous RX


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

5.8.4.1.1 Start / Stop testing


Specify the band and UARFCN and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

automatically; stop testing by clicking it.


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-182 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger TDSCDMA Continuous RX

5.8.4.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

5.8.5 Continuous TX
This page can observe the TX IQ signal.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 229

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.8.5.1 M21 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Figure 5-183 [M21] TDSCDMA Continuous TX

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


5.8.5.1.1 Start / Stop testing

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Specify the band and UARFCN and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it.

Classification:Confidential B
Figure 5-184 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger TDSCDMA Continuous TX

5.8.5.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

5.8.6 DPCH TX
This page can trigger DPCH TX power testing.

230 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.8.6.1 M21 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-185 [M21] TDSCDMA DPCH TX


© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

5.8.6.1.1 Start / Stop testing


Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it.
Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-186 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger TDSCDMA DPCH TX

5.8.6.2 M50 series user interface


Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 231

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.8.7 TPC Profile


This page is used for fine tune the TX configuration and profiles, and update the settings to target or file.

MediaTek Confidential
5.8.7.1 M21 series user interface

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B
Figure 5-187 [M21] TDSCDMA TPC Profile

5.8.7.1.1 Read / Write the calibration data


Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update TPC calibration data of target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

232 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-188 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in TDSCDMA TPC profile

5.8.7.1.2 Import / Export the calibration data


Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export TPC calibration data of file. You can see “Import data from file
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.
Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 233

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-189 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in TDSCDMA TPC profile

The following is the INI file format of TPC profile. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then
change the value based on its format.

Note: This is the one example of TDSCDMA bands

Classification:Confidential B

234 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

[TDSCDMA 1850-1930MHz TPC]


VGA DAC, PA high mode =
VGA DAC, PA middle mode =
VGA DAC, PA low mode =
MediaTek Confidential

Power, PA high mode =


Power, PA middle mode =
Power, PA low mode =
Subband Max UARFCN =
Subband power compensation, PA high mode =
Subband power compensation, PA middle mode =
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Subband power compensation, PA low mode =


Temperature compensation, PA high mode =
Temperature compensation, PA middle mode =
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Temperature compensation, PA low mode =


© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

START1 =
END1 =
START2 =
END2 =
Max Power Offset (dB) =
UPA Max Power Offset (dB) =
PD power compensation (db), Point 0 =
PD power compensation (db), Point 1 =
PD power compensation (db), Point 2 =
PD Subband power compensation (db) =
Classification:Confidential B

Wanted Power Offset = 0


PA Middle Power Offset = 0

5.8.7.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

5.8.8 Baseband Register


This page can provide the debugging ultility and basic function of baseband register.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 235

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 5-190 [M21] TDSCDMA Baseband Register

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


5.8.8.1 Read baseband register

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Specify the Register address and click [Read Register] button to get the value.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-191 [M21] Read TDSCDMA baseband register in specific address

Classification:Confidential B
5.8.8.2 Write baseband register
Specify the Register address and value and click [Write Register] button.

236 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

Figure 5-192 [M21] Write TDSCDMA baseband register in specific address and value

5.9 LTE RF Tool


This tool contains all supported LTE RF testing and verification features, such as AFC control, path loss, PUSCH
MediaTek Confidential

TX …etc. You can start it from main page after connecting to the target.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-193 Select [LTE RF Tool] from main selection menu

After tool startup, select the RF feature page from tab panel or context menu. And you can make RF feature
page floating from the main form, and drag and drop them to change your favorite layout. The detailed
descriptions of each RF page are listed in the below sections.

Figure 5-194 Select [LTE RF Tool] from main selection menu

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 237

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-195 [LTE RF Tool] Select RF page form context menu

Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-196 [LTE RF Tool] Example of making the layout by yourself

5.9.1 AFC Control


This page can trigger target to output the TX burst for frequency error measurement and calculate AFC
calibration data.

238 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.9.1.1 M21 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-197 [M21] LTE AFC Control

5.9.1.1.1 Start / Stop testing


Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The frequency error will be showed on
the instrument. The [Stop] button will be activated automatically; stop testing by clicking it.
Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-198 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger LTE AFC test

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 239

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.9.1.1.2 Calculate Init-AFC / Slope


This tool can calculate Init-AFC DAC and slope values; please fill the frequency error shown on the instrument
and click the [Calculate] button to get results.

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-199 [M21] Click [Calculate] button to calculate the LTE Init-AFC DAC and Slope

5.9.1.1.3 Read / Write the calibration data


Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update Init-AFC and Slope of target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.

Classification:Confidential B

240 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

Figure 5-200 [M21][Read] and [Write] button in LTE AFC control

5.9.1.1.4 Import / Export the calibration data


Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export Init-AFC and Slope of file. You can see “Import data from file
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-201 [M21][Import] and [Export] button in LTE AFC control

The following is the INI file format of AFC calibration data. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and
then change the value based on its format.

[MMRF AFC control]


Initial value =
Slope =
Classification:Confidential B

5.9.1.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

5.9.2 RSSI
This page can measure the power of the indicated channel.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 241

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.9.2.1 M21 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-202 [M21] LTE RSSI

5.9.2.1.1 Start testing


Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger RSSI testing. The result will be shown in the
“RSSI Result” field. Also, you can see “RSSI test finished.” on the status bar if the function doing well.

Classification:Confidential B

242 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-203 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger RSSI test

5.9.2.1.2 Calculate DL power and gain


For instrument setting, specify the gain mode for main and diversity path and click [Calculate] button to trigger
sequencer search (gain calculator). The result will be shown in the “Advised DL Power (db)”, “RF Gain”, and
“Digital Gain” fields. Also, you can see “RSSI sequencer search finished.” on the status bar if the function doing
well.
Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 243

Modem META Tool


MediaTek Confidential © 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification:Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support

5 RF Tools
MT6001

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)


Figure 5-204 [M21] Click [Calculate] button to get advised DL power and gain

Modem META Tool


5.9.2.2 M50 series user interface

244
Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

Figure 5-205 [M50] LTE RSSI

There is MIMO information shown in “HW Setting” field.

5.9.2.2.1 Start testing


Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger RSSI testing. The result will be shown in the
“RSSI Result” field. Also, you can see “RSSI test finished.” on the status bar if the function doing well.
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-206 [M50] Click [Start] button to trigger RSSI test


Classification:Confidential B

5.9.2.2.2 5.9.2.2.2 Calculate DL power and gain


For instrument setting, specify the gain mode for main and diversity path and click [Calculate] button to trigger
sequencer search (gain calculator). The result will be shown in the “Advised DL Power (db)”, “RF Gain”, and
“Digital Gain” fields. Also, you can see “RSSI sequencer search finished.” on the status bar if the function doing
well.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 245

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-207 [M21] Click [Calculate] button to get advised DL power and gain

5.9.2.3 M70 series user interface

Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-208 [M70] LTE RSSI

There is Type 2 RF Gain Index shown in “RSSI Config” field. For the detail, please refer to previous sections.

246 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.9.3 RX PathLoss
The difference of the downlink cell power and the average power of RSSI is the Path Loss. This page is used for
fine tune the RX path loss and to save these settings to target or file.

5.9.3.1 M21 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-209 [M21] LTE type 1 route Path Loss

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 247

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-210 [M21] LTE type 2 route Path Loss

5.9.3.1.1 Read / Write the calibration data


Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update Path Loss of target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

Classification:Confidential B

248 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-211 [M21] [Read] and [Write] path loss data in LTE Path Loss

5.9.3.1.2 Import / Export the calibration data


Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export Path Loss of file. You can see “Import data from file
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.
Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 249

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-212 [M21] [Import] and [Export] path loss data in LTE Path Loss

The following is the INI file format of Path Loss. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then change
the value based on its format.

Note: This is the one example of a LTE band

Classification:Confidential B

250 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

[LTE BAND1 RX loss]

Route =

RF Chip ID =

DL Frequency =
MediaTek Confidential

RX loss hpm mode0 =

RX loss lpm mode0 =

RX loss hpm mode1 =

RX loss lpm mode1 =

RX loss hpm mode2 =


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

RX loss lpm mode2 =

RX loss hpm mode3 =


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

RX loss lpm mode3 =


© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

RX loss hpm mode4 =

RX loss lpm mode4 =

RX loss hpm mode5 =

RX loss lpm mode5 =

RX loss hpm mode6 =

RX loss lpm mode6 =

Temperature Offset =
Classification:Confidential B

Note: This is the one example of a LTE NCCA band, where (X) can be 1/2, (Y) can be hpm/lpm, and (Z) ranges
from 0 to 6

[LTE BAND3 Route NCCA0 RX loss]

Route =

RF Chip ID =

DL Frequency =

RX srx path(X) partial on loss for (Y) mode(Z) =

RX srx path(X) gbg loss for (Y) mode(Z),(Z) =

Temperature Offset =

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 251

Modem META Tool


MediaTek Confidential © 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification:Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support

5 RF Tools
MT6001

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)


Figure 5-213 [M50] LTE type 1 route Path Loss

Modem META Tool


5.9.3.2 M50 series user interface

252
Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-214 [M50] LTE type 2 route Path Loss

Since ELNA type differs from route to route, the gain mode will be shown on the table of path loss. Also, fields
that are not in use in the table will be disabled.
Classification:Confidential B

5.9.3.2.1 Read / Write the calibration data


Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update Path Loss of target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 253

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-215 [M50] [Read] and [Write] path loss data in LTE Path Loss

5.9.3.2.2 Import / Export the calibration data


Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export Path Loss of file. You can see “Import data from file
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.

Classification:Confidential B

254 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-216 [M50] [Import] and [Export] path loss data in LTE Path Loss

The following is the INI file format of Path Loss. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then change
the value based on its format.
Classification:Confidential B

Note: This is the one example of a LTE band

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 255

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

[LTE BAND1 RX loss]

Route =

RF Chip ID =

DL Frequency =

MediaTek Confidential
RX loss hpm mode0 =

RX loss lpm mode0 =

RX loss hpm mode1 =

RX loss lpm mode1 =

RX loss hpm mode2 =

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


RX loss lpm mode2 =

RX loss hpm mode3 =

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


RX loss lpm mode3 =

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


RX loss hpm mode4 =

RX loss lpm mode4 =

RX loss hpm mode5 =

RX loss lpm mode5 =

RX loss hpm mode6 =

RX loss lpm mode6 =

Temperature Offset =

Classification:Confidential B
Note: This is the one example of a LTE NCCA band, where (X) can be 1/2, (Y) can be hpm/lpm, and (Z) ranges
from 0 to 6

[LTE BAND3 Route NCCA0 RX loss]

Route =

RF Chip ID =

DL Frequency =

RX srx path(X) partial on loss for (Y) mode(Z) =

RX srx path(X) gbg loss for (Y) mode(Z),(Z) =

Temperature Offset =

256 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support

5 RF Tools
MT6001

257
Figure 5-217 [M70] LTE type 1 route Path Loss

Modem META Tool


CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)
5.9.3.3 M70 series user interface
MediaTek Confidential © 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification:Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
MediaTek Confidential © 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification:Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support

5 RF Tools
MT6001

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)


Figure 5-218 [M70] LTE type 2 route Path Loss

Modem META Tool


For the detail, please refer to previous sections.

This page can observe the RX IQ signal.


5.9.4 Continuous RX

258
Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.9.4.1 M21 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 5-219 [M21] LTE Continuous RX normal mode


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-220 [M21] LTE Continuous RX forced mode

5.9.4.1.1 Start / Stop testing


Specify testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 259

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Figure 5-221 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger LTE Continuous RX

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


5.9.4.1.2 Calculate route information
Click [Calculate] button in normal mode to trigger “Route Calculator” and acquire route information in “TX/RX
Route Result” fields.

Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-222 [M21] Click [Calculate] button to trigger Route Calculator

260 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.9.4.2 M50 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-223 [M50] LTE Continuous RX normal mode


© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.
Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-224 [M50] LTE Continuous RX forced mode

M50 series has more carrier numbers of TX and RX than M21 series, and add MIMO information.

For other detail, please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 261

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.9.4.3 M70 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-225 [M70] LTE Continuous RX

For the detail, please refer to previous sections.

Classification:Confidential B
5.9.5 RSRP/RSRQ RX
This page provides function for user to evaluate/test the non-signaling function manually.

262 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.9.5.1 M21 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-226 [M21] LTE RSRP/RSRQ RX


© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

5.9.5.1.1 Start / Stop testing


Specify testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it. The measurement report will be updated in “RX Result” field.
Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-227 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger RSRP/RSRQ RX

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 263

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.9.5.2 M50 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-228 [M50] LTE RSRP/RSRQ RX

Added MIMO type selection.

5.9.5.2.1 Start / Stop testing


Specify testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it. The measurement report will be updated in “RX Result” field.

Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-229 [M50] Click [Start] button to trigger RSRP/RSRQ RX

264 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.9.5.3 M70 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-230 [M70] LTE RSRP/RSRQ RX

There are three items, “CC config number”, “Measure CC”, and “Cell ID”. “Measure CC” is used to set the PCC.
For the other detail, please refer to previous sections.

5.9.6 RSRP/RSRQ Rx Force mode

5.9.6.1 M50 series user interface


Classification:Confidential B

For M50 series RSRP/RSRQ RX force mode, please refer to the section “5.9.5.2 M50 series user interface”.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 265

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.9.6.2 M70 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-231 [M70] LTE RSRP/RSRQ RX Force mode

Classification:Confidential B
For the detail, please refer to the section “5.9.5 RSRP/RSRQ RX”.

5.9.7 Single Tone TX


This page can trigger single tone TX power testing.

266 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.9.7.1 M21 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-232 [M21] LTE Single Tone TX

5.9.7.1.1 Start / Stop testing


Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it.
Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-233 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger LTE Single Tone TX

5.9.7.1.2 Fetch Power Detector value


Click [Fetch PD (dBm)] to get value of power detector on target.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 267

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Figure 5-234 [M21] Click [Fetch PD (dBm)] button to get PD value

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


5.9.7.2 M50 series user interface

Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-235 [M50] LTE Single Tone TX

“Total Route” and “PGA Mode” are removed.

5.9.7.2.1 Start / Stop testing


Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it.

268 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 5-236 [M50] Click [Start] button to trigger LTE Single Tone TX
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

5.9.7.2.2 Fetch Power Detector value


© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Click [Fetch PD (dBm)] to get value of power detector on target.


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-237 [M50] Click [Fetch PD (dBm)] button to get PD value

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 269

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.9.7.3 M70 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-238 [M70] LTE Single Tone TX

For the detail, please refer to previous sections.

5.9.8 PUSCH TX
This page can trigger PUSCH TX power testing.

Classification:Confidential B

270 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.9.8.1 M21 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-239 [M21] LTE PUSCH TX

5.9.8.1.1 Start / Stop testing


Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it.
Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 271

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

Figure 5-240 [M21]Click [Start] button to trigger LTE PUSCH TX

5.9.8.2 M50 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-241 [M50] LTE PUSCH TX

TX carrier number increased to 3.

5.9.8.2.1 Start / Stop testing


Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it.

Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-242 [M50]Click [Start] button to trigger LTE PUSCH TX

272 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support

5 RF Tools
MT6001

273
Figure 5-243 [M70] LTE PUSCH TX

Modem META Tool


For the detail, please refer to previous sections.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)


5.9.8.3 M70 series user interface
MediaTek Confidential © 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification:Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.9.9 PUCCH TX Force mode

5.9.9.1 M70 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-244 [M70] LTE PUSCH TX Force mode

For the detail, please refer to the section “5.9.8 PUSCH TX”.

Classification:Confidential B

5.9.10 PUCCH TX
This page can trigger PUCCH TX power testing.

274 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.9.10.1 M21 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-245 [M21] LTE PUCCH TX


© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

5.9.10.1.1 Start / Stop testing


Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it.
Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-246 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger LTE PUSCH TX

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 275

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.9.10.2 M50 series user interface


Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

5.9.11 PRACH TX

MediaTek Confidential
This page can trigger PRACH TX power testing.

5.9.11.1 M21 series user interface

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-247 [M21] LTE PRACH TX

5.9.11.1.1 Start / Stop testing


Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it.

Classification:Confidential B

276 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 5-248 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger LTE PRACH TX


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

5.9.11.2 M50 series user interface


© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

5.9.12 SRS TX
This page can trigger SRS TX power testing.

5.9.12.1 M21 series user interface


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-249 [M21] LTE SRS TX

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 277

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.9.12.1.1 Start / Stop testing


Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it.

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Figure 5-250 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger LTE PRACH TX

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


5.9.12.2 M50 series user interface

Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-251 [M50] LTE SRS TX

TX carrier number increased to 3 for M50 series.

5.9.12.2.1 Start / Stop testing


Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it.

278 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 5-252 [M50] Click [Start] button to trigger LTE PRACH TX


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

5.9.13 TPC Profile


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

This page is used for fine tune the TX configuration and profiles, and update the settings to target or file.
© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

5.9.13.1 M21 series user interface


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-253 [M21] LTE TPC Profile

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 279

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.9.13.1.1 Read / Write the calibration data


Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update TPC calibration data of target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-254 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in LTE TPC profile

5.9.13.1.2 Import / Export the calibration data


Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export TPC calibration data of file. You can see “Import data from file
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.

Classification:Confidential B

280 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-255 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in LTE TPC profile

The following is the INI file format of TPC profile. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then
change the value based on its format.

Note: This is the one example of a LTE band


Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 281

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

[LTE BAND1 TPC]

RF Chip ID =

Route =

Pa control level =

MediaTek Confidential
Temperature Index =

Hysteresis start =

Hysteresis end =

Pa control pa mode =

Pa control prf =

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Pa control pa gain =

Pa control dc2dc level =

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Pa control vbias dac =

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Pa control vm0 =

Pa control vm1 =

Pa control pga-g12a pa gain =

Pa control pga-g12b pa gain =

Tx compensation pa gain pa high temperature 1 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa middle temperature 1 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa low temperature 1 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa high temperature 2 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa middle temperature 2 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa low temperature 2 = Classification:Confidential B

Tx compensation pa gain pa high temperature 3 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa middle temperature 3 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa low temperature 3 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa high temperature 4 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa middle temperature 4 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa low temperature 4 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa high temperature 5 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa middle temperature 5 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa low temperature 5 =


282Tx compensation pa gain pa high temperature 6 = CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem
Tx compensation pa gain pa middle temperature 6 =META Tool

Tx compensation pa gain pa low temperature 6 =


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.9.13.2 M50 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-256 [M50] LTE TPC Profile

“Total Route”, “PGA 12-a”, “PGA 12-b” are removed.

5.9.13.2.1 Read / Write the calibration data


Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update TPC calibration data of target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.
Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 283

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-257 [M50] [Read] and [Write] button in LTE TPC profile

5.9.13.2.2 Import / Export the calibration data


Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export TPC calibration data of file. You can see “Import data from file
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.

Classification:Confidential B

284 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-258 [M50] [Import] and [Export] button in LTE TPC profile

The following is the INI file format of TPC profile. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then
change the value based on its format.

Note: This is the one example of a LTE band


Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 285

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

[LTE BAND1 TPC]

RF Chip ID =

Route =

Pa control level =

MediaTek Confidential
Temperature Index =

Hysteresis start =

Hysteresis end =

Pa control pa mode =

Pa control prf =

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Pa control pa gain =

Pa control dc2dc level =

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Pa control vbias dac =

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Pa control vm0 =

Pa control vm1 =

Pa control pga-g12a pa gain =

Pa control pga-g12b pa gain =

Tx compensation pa gain pa high temperature 1 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa middle temperature 1 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa low temperature 1 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa high temperature 2 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa middle temperature 2 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa low temperature 2 = Classification:Confidential B

Tx compensation pa gain pa high temperature 3 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa middle temperature 3 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa low temperature 3 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa high temperature 4 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa middle temperature 4 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa low temperature 4 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa high temperature 5 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa middle temperature 5 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa low temperature 5 =


286Tx compensation pa gain pa high temperature 6 = CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem
Tx compensation pa gain pa middle temperature 6 =META Tool

Tx compensation pa gain pa low temperature 6 =


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.9.13.3 M70 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-259 [M70] LTE APT Profile

For the detail, please refer to previous sections.

5.9.14 RF Diagram
Classification:Confidential B

This page can calculate CCA frequency information based on selected bandwidth.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 287

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.9.14.1 M21 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Figure 5-260 [M21] LTE RF Diagram

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Select UL BW of two carriers and fill the [F0] value, the result will be automatically calculated.

5.9.14.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

5.9.15 DPD PA Profile


This page is used for fine tune the DPD PA configuration and profiles, and update the settings to target or file.
Classification:Confidential B

288 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.9.15.1 M21 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-261 [M21] LTE DPD PA Profile

5.9.15.1.1 Read / Write the calibration data


Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update DPD PA calibration data of target. You can see “Read data from
target successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.
Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-262 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in LTE DPD PA profile

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 289

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.9.15.1.2 Import / Export the calibration data


Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export TPC calibration data of file. You can see “Import data from file
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-263 [M21][Import] and [Export] button in LTE TPC profile

The following is the INI file format of TPC profile. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then
change the value based on its format.

Note: This is the one example of a LTE band, where (X) can be high/middle/low, and (Y) ranges from 0 to 14

Classification:Confidential B

290 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

[LTE BAND1 DPD]

RF Chip ID =

Tx compensation pa gain pa (X) temperature 1 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa (X) temperature 2 =


MediaTek Confidential

Tx compensation pa gain pa (X) temperature 3 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa (X) temperature 4 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa (X) temperature 5 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa (X) temperature 6 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa (X) temperature 7 =


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Tx compensation pa gain pa (X) temperature 8 =

Route =
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Cal done =
© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Tr Val subband 0 =

Tr Val subband 1 =

Tr Val subband 2 =

Tr Val subband 3 =

Tr Val subband 4 =

Tr Val subband 5 =

Tr Val subband 6 =

Tr Val subband 7 =

Tr Val subband 8 =
Classification:Confidential B

Tr Val subband 9 =

Tr Val subband 10 =

Tr Val subband 11 =

Tr Val subband 12 =

Tr Val subband 13 =

Tr Val subband 14 =

Pa control level =

Temperature Index =

Hysteresis start =

Hysteresis end =
CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN
Pa control dc2dc level = V1.9 (2019-11-20) 291

Pa control pa mode = Modem META Tool

Pa control prf =
Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.9.16 Temp. Coefficient Generator


This page calculates the TX/RX temperature compensation.

MediaTek Confidential
5.9.16.1 M21 series user interface
It supports TX PD/PA gain and RX path loss temperation compensation.

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-264 [M21] LTE Temp. Coefficient Generator

Table 5-6 [LTE Temp. Coefficient] Brief descriptions of item configuration

Field Descriptions
It will be the reference file to the “Output INI” file.
Target INI/CAL file
And all the data in the “Target INI file” will not be changed.
Temperature INI/CAL files, It is the TX/RX calibration result in the ADC(x) (x = 0~7). Those files
ADC0~ADC7 use to calculate the temperature compensation.

Classification:Confidential B
Firstly, Output INI file content is totally same with the “Target INI”
content . Only the temperature compensation for PA and PD gain and
RX path loss will be overwrote by the calculation result from ADCx(x =
0~7) file.

PD/PA gain under the TPC data will be changed (Y = 0~8)


 Tx compensation pa gain pa high temperature (Y)
Ouput INI  Tx compensation pa gain pa low temperature (Y)
 Tx compensation pa gain pa middle temperature (Y)
 Tx compensation power detector pa high temperature (Y)
 Tx compensation power detector pa high temperature (Y)
 Tx compensation power detector pa high temperature (Y)
Temperature reset under the Pathloss data will be changed
Temperature Offset
 [Support Band] Table

292 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

It will show the TX or RX band that will be calculated the temperature compensation. It only show the
band that is supported in target and whose data in the [ADC]/[Target] files are all complete.
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 5-265 [M21] [Support Band] sample in LTE Temp. Coefficient Generator

RX case example in [Support Band]


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

If target supports Band1, and Band1 includes the Route1, Route2, NCCA Route3.

 (V) Target file / ADC files all support Band1’s route data.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

 (X) Target file / ADC files only all support Band1 Route1 data.
 (X) Target file supports band1’s all route data, but ADC file doen’t.
© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

 (X) It doesn’t support the band1 in the target.

5.9.16.1.1 Generate synthesized temperature coefficient file


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-266 [M21] Click [Generate] button to generate TX/RX temperaure compensation

5.9.16.2 M50 series user interface

It supports TX PD/PA gain , RX path loss and DPD temperation compensation.

Note: DPD feature is based on SW capability. If SW load doesn't support the DPD, Please refer to the section
“M21 series user interface”.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 293

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Figure 5-267 [M50] LTE Temp. Coefficient Generator

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Table 5-7 [M50][LTE Temp. Coefficient] Brief descriptions of item configuration

Field Descriptions

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


It will be the reference file to the “Output INI” file.
Target INI/CAL file
And all the data in the “Target INI file” will not be changed.
Temperature INI/CAL files, It is the TX/RX/DPD calibration result in the ADC(x) (x = 0~7). Those
ADC0~ADC7 files use to calculate the temperature compensation.
Firstly, Output INI file content is totally same with the “Target INI”
content . Only the temperature compensation for PA and PD gain and
RX path loss will be overwrote by the calculation result from ADCx(x =
0~7) file.

PD/PA gain under the TPC data will be changed (Y = 0~8)


 Tx compensation pa gain pa high temperature (Y)
 Tx compensation pa gain pa low temperature (Y)
 Tx compensation pa gain pa middle temperature (Y)
Ouput INI
 Tx compensation power detector pa high temperature (Y)

Classification:Confidential B
 Tx compensation power detector pa high temperature (Y)
 Tx compensation power detector pa high temperature (Y)

Temperature Offset under the Pathloss data will be changed


 Temperature Offset

PA gain high mode under the DPD data will be changed (Y = 0~8)
 Tx compensation pa gain pa high temperature (Y)

 [Support Band] Table

It will show the TX, RX or DPD band that will be calculated the temperature compensation. It only show
the band that is supported in target and whose data in the [ADC]/[Target] files are all complete.

294 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 5-268 [M50] [Support Band] sample in LTE Temp. Coefficient Generator

RX case example in [Support Band]

If target supports Band1, and Band1 includes the Route1, Route2, NCCA Route3.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

 (V) Target file / ADC files all support Band1’s route data.
 (X) Target file / ADC files only all support Band1 Route1 data.

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

(X) Target file supports band1’s all route data, but ADC file doen’t.
 (X) It doesn’t support the band1 in the target.
© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

5.9.16.2.1 Generate synthesized temperature coefficient file


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-269 [M50] Click [Generate] button to generate TX/RX temperaure compensation

5.10 C2K RF Tool


This tool contains all supported testing and verification features, such as AFC control, RX, TX …etc. You can start
it from main page after connecting to the target.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 295

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-270 Select [C2K RF Tool] from main selection menu

After tool startup, select the RF feature page from tab panel or context menu. And you can make RF feature
page floating from the main form, and drag and drop them to change your favorite layout. The detailed
descriptions of each RF page are listed in the below sections.

Classification:Confidential B
Figure 5-271 [C2K RF Tool] RF feature pages

296 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-272 [C2K RF Tool] Select RF page form context menu


© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.
Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-273 [C2K RF Tool] Example of making the layout by yourself

5.10.1 AFC Control


This page can trigger target to output the TX burst for frequency error measurement and calculate AFC
calibration data.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 297

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.10.1.1 M21 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-274 [M21] C2K AFC Control

5.10.1.1.1 Start / Stop testing


Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The frequency error will be showed on
the instrument. The [Stop] button will be activated automatically; stop testing by clicking it.

Classification:Confidential B

298 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

Figure 5-275 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger C2K AFC test

5.10.1.1.2 Calculate Init-AFC / Slope


This tool can calculate Init-AFC DAC and slope values; please fill the frequency error shown on the instrument
and click the [Calculate] button to get results.
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-276 [M21] Click [Calculate] button to calculate the C2K Init-AFC DAC and Slope
Classification:Confidential B

5.10.1.1.3 Read / Write the calibration data


Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update data from/to target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 299

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-277 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in C2K AFC control

5.10.1.1.4 Import / Export the calibration data


Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export data from/to file. You can see “Import data from file
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.

Classification:Confidential B

300 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-278 [M21][Import] and [Export] button in C2K AFC control

The following is the INI file format. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then change the value
based on its format.

[MMRF AFC control]


Initial value =
Slope =
cap_id =
Classification:Confidential B

5.10.1.2 M50 series user interface


Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

5.10.2 Temperature ADC


The page can measure temperature sensor ADC value, and read/write import/export temperature data.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 301

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.10.2.1 M21 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Figure 5-279 [M21] C2K temperature ADC

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


5.10.2.1.1 Measure temperature ADC

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Click [Fetch ADC] button to get temperature ADC of target.

Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-280 [M21] [Fetch ADC] button in C2K temperature ADC

5.10.2.1.2 Read / Write the calibration data


Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update data from/to target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

302 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-281 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in C2K temperature ADC

5.10.2.1.3 Import / Export the calibration data


Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export data from/to file. You can see “Import data from file
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.
Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 303

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

Figure 5-282 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in C2K temperature ADC

The following is the INI file format. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then change the value
based on its format.

[Multi-RAT Temperature Sensor]

MediaTek Confidential
RFIC0=293,335,384,430,495,543,604,637

5.10.3 RX
This page can measure the power of the indicated channel.

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


5.10.3.1 M21 series user interface

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-283 [M21] C2K RX

Classification:Confidential B
5.10.3.1.1 Start testing
Specify the testing parameters and click [Start Single] button to trigger RSSI single testing. The result will be
shown in the “RSSI Result” field.

304 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 5-284 [M21] Click [Start Single] button to trigger C2K RSSI test
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

5.10.3.1.2 Start continuous testing


Specify the testing parameters and click [Start Continuous] button to trigger target to receive continuously, the
[Stop Continuous] and [Fetch RSSI] buttons will be activated automatically; stop receiving by clicking [Stop
Continuous] button.
Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-285 [M21] Click [Start Continuous] button to trigger C2K receiving continuously

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 305

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.10.3.2 M50 series user interface


Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

5.10.4 RX Path Loss

MediaTek Confidential
The difference of the downlink cell power and the average power of RSSI is the Path Loss. This page is used for
fine tune the RX path loss and to save these settings to target or file.

5.10.4.1 M21 series user interface

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-286 [M21] C2K RX Path Loss

5.10.4.1.1 Read / Write the calibration data


Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update data from/to target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

306 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-287 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in C2K RX Path Loss
© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

5.10.4.1.2 Import / Export the calibration data


Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export data from/to file. You can see “Import data from file
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.
Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 307

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

Figure 5-288 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in C2K RX Path Loss

The following is the INI file format. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then change the value
based on its format.

Note: This is the one example of bands. where (X) ranges from 0 to 7

MediaTek Confidential
[C2K BC0 RX High Power]

Subband max uarfcn=

Temperature (X) RX loss mode0=

Temperature (X) RX loss mode1=

Temperature (X) RX loss mode2=

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Temperature (X) RX loss mode3=

Temperature (X) RX loss mode4=

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Temperature (X) RX loss mode5=

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Temperature (X) RX loss mode6=

Temperature (X) RX loss mode7=

Temperature celsius=

5.10.4.2 M50 series user interface


Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

5.10.5 TX
This page can trigger target to output the TX burst, and you can observe the TX signal by using an instrument. Classification:Confidential B

308 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.10.5.1 M21 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 5-289 [M21] C2K TX


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

5.10.5.1.1 Start / Stop testing


Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger TX burst, and you can observe the TX signal by
using an instrument. The [Stop] button will be activated automatically; stop testing by clicking it.
Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-290 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger C2K TX test

5.10.5.1.2 Re configure
After TX started, you can change the testing parameters in “Config” field and click [Re-Config] button to update
them to target.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 309

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-291 [M21] Click [Re-Config] button to update C2K TX testing parameters

5.10.5.1.3 Fetch power detector result


You can click [Fetch] button to fetch the power detector measurement result.

Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-292 [M21] Click [Fetch] button to fetch C2K TX power detector result

310 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.10.5.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.


MediaTek Confidential

5.10.6 TPC Profile


This page is used for fine tune the TX configuration and profiles, and update the settings to target or file.

5.10.6.1 M21 series user interface


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-293 [M21] C2K TPC Profile

5.10.6.1.1 Read / Write the calibration data


Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update data from/to target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 311

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-294 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in C2K TPC profile

5.10.6.1.2 Import / Export the calibration data


Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export data from/to file. You can see “Import data from file
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.

Classification:Confidential B

312 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-295 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in C2K TPC profile

The following is the INI file format. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then change the value
based on its format.

Note: This is the one example of bands


Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 313

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

[C2K BC0 TX 1xRTT]

Coupler loss=

End0=

End1=

MediaTek Confidential
PA OCTLEVEL PA Phase Compensation=

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level Dc2Dc=

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level PA Gain=

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level PA Mode=

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level Prf=

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level Vm0=

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level Vm1=

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


PA OCTLEVEL Sections=

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Start0=

Start1=

Subband max uarfcn=

Temperature celsius=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 0 temperature 0=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 0 temperature 1=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 0 temperature 2=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 0 temperature 3=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 0 temperature 4=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 0 temperature 5= Classification:Confidential B

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 0 temperature 6=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 0 temperature 7=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 1 temperature 0=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 1 temperature 1=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 1 temperature 2=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 1 temperature 3=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 1 temperature 4=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 1 temperature 5=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 1 temperature 6=


314Tx compensation pa gain pa level 1 temperature 7= CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem
Tx compensation pa gain pa level 2 temperature 0= META Tool

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 2 temperature 1=


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.10.6.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.


MediaTek Confidential

5.10.7 DPD Profile


This page is used for fine tune the DPD TX configuration and profiles, and update the settings to target or file.

5.10.7.1 M21 series user interface


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-296 [M21] C2K DPD Profile

5.10.7.1.1 Read / Write the calibration data


Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update data from/to target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 315

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-297 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in C2K DPD profile

5.10.7.1.2 Import / Export the calibration data


Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export data from/to file. You can see “Import data from file
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.

Classification:Confidential B

316 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

Figure 5-298 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in C2K DPD profile

The following is the INI file format. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then change the value
based on its format.

Note: This is the one example of bands, where (X) ranges from 0 to 14
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 317

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

[C2K BC0 DPD 1xRTT]

APT to DPD=

DPD to APT=

End0=

MediaTek Confidential
End1=

PA OCTLEVEL PA Phase Compensation=

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level Dc2Dc=

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level PA Gain=

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level PA Mode=

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level Prf=

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level Vm0=

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level Vm1=

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


PA OCTLEVEL Sections=

Start0=

Start1=

Subband max uarfcn=

Subband(X) AM Gain Num0=

Subband(X) AM Gain Num1=

Subband(X) AM Gain Num2=

Subband(X) AM Gain Num3=

Subband(X) AM Gain Num4=

Subband(X) AM Gain Num5= Classification:Confidential B

Subband(X) AM Gain Num6=

Subband(X) AM Gain Num7=

Subband(X) PM Gain Num0=

Subband(X) PM Gain Num1=

Subband(X) PM Gain Num2=

Subband(X) PM Gain Num3=

Subband(X) PM Gain Num4=

Subband(X) PM Gain Num5=

Subband(X) PM Gain Num6=


318Subband(X) PM Gain Num7= CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Temperature celsius= Modem META Tool

Tr Val=
Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.10.7.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.


MediaTek Confidential

5.10.8 MIPI TPA Profile


This page is used for editing the MIPI TPA NVRAM data, and update the data to target.

5.10.8.1 M21 series user interface


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-299 [M21] C2K MIPI TPA Profile

5.10.8.1.1 Read / Write the MIPI TPA data


Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update data from/to target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 319

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-300 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in C2K MIPI TPA profile

5.10.9 Temperature Coefficient


This page is used for generating the 8 groups of temperature compensation data.

5.10.9.1 M21 series user interface

Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-301 [M21] C2K temperature coefficient

320 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.10.9.1.1 Generate output file


Click [Select Calibration file of Temperature 1] ~ [Select Calibration file of Temperature 8] buttons to select the
calibration file of 8 different temperature, and click [Select Output File] button to select output file for saving
the result, then click [Generate Output File] button.
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-302 [M21] C2K temperature coefficient generate output file


© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

5.10.10 FHC
This page can trigger target to output the FHC TX burst and measure RX RSSI, and you can measure the FHC TX
power by using an instrument.
Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 321

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.10.10.1 M21 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-303 [M21] C2K FHC

5.10.10.1.1 Read / Import the FHC data


Click [Read] button to get FHC data from target or [Import] button to get from file. You can see “Read data from
target successfully”/“Import data from file successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

Classification:Confidential B

322 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-304 [M21] [Read] and [Import] button in C2K FHC

5.10.10.1.2 Start testing


Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger FHC burst, if start successfully, the RX RSSI and
power detector result of target will be shown in “FHC Result Reported by DUT” field.
Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 323

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Figure 5-305 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger C2K FHC

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


5.10.11 NSFT
This page can trigger target to do NSFT traditional testing.

Test steps: instrument generate the downlink signal => click [Enter] button => click [Start TX] button => click
[Fetch FER] button => click [Exit] button

5.10.11.1 M21 series user interface

Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-306 [M21] C2K NSFT

324 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.10.11.1.1 Enter / Exit NSFT mode


Click [Enter] / [Exit] buttons to make target enter/exit NSFT test mode. The [Start TX] / [Fetch FER] buttons will
be activated/deactivated automatically.
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-307 [M21] [Enter] and [Exit] button in C2K NSFT


© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

5.10.11.1.2 Start TX / Fetch FER


Click [Start TX] button to trigger target to synchronize with the instrument and start TX, if successfully, you can
see the target outputting TX power on instrument, and then can click [Fetch FER] to fetch a FER measurement
result from target.
Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-308 [M21] [Start TX] and [Fetch FER] button in C2K NSFT

5.10.12 Debug
This page can provide the debugging ultility and basic function of BSI / MIPI control.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 325

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 5-309 C2K debug

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
5.10.12.1 Read / Write BSI register
Specify the register address and click [Read] / [Write] button to get/update the value.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B
Figure 5-310 Read / Write C2K BSI register in specific address

5.10.12.2 Read / Write MIPI register

Specify the register address and click [Read] / [Write] button to get/update the value.

326 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 5-311 Read / Write C2K MIPI register in specific address


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

5.10.12.3 Start self-calibration


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Click [Start Self Cal] button to trigger target to do a self-calibration.


© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-312 Start C2K self-calibration


Classification:Confidential B

5.10.12.4 Read / export self-calibration data

Click [Read Self Cal Data] button to read data from target and [Export Self Cal Data] button to export data to file.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 327

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 5-313 Read / export C2K self-calibration data

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


5.11 NR RF Tool

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


This tool contains all supported NR RF testing and verification features, such as PUSCH TX, RSRP RX and path

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


loss …etc. You can start it from main page after connecting to the target.

Note: NR RF tool is supported from M70 series modem.

Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-314 Select [NR RF Tool] from main selection menu

328 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

After tool startup, select the RF feature page from tab panel or context menu. And you can make RF feature
page floating from the main form, and drag and drop them to change your favorite layout. The detailed
descriptions of each RF page are listed in the below sections.
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 5-315 Select [NR RF Tool] from main selection menu


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-316 [NR RF Tool] Select RF page form context menu


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-317 [NR RF Tool] Example of making the layout by yourself

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 329

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.11.1 RSSI
This page is used to measure the cell power of the indicated channel with an input continuous sine wave.

MediaTek Confidential
5.11.1.1 M70 series user interface

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-318 [M70] NR RSSI

Classification:Confidential B

5.11.1.1.1 Start testing


Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger RSSI testing. The result will be shown in the
“RSSI Result” field. Also, you can see “RSSI test finished.” on the status bar if the function doing well.

330 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-319 [M70] Click [Start] button to trigger NR RSSI test

5.11.1.1.2 Calculate DL power and gain


For instrument setting, specify the gain mode for main and diversity path and click [Calculate] button to trigger
sequencer search (gain calculator). The result will be shown in the “Advised DL Power (dbm)”, “RF Gain”,
“Digital Gain” and “Type2 RF Gain Index” fields. Also, you can see “Fetch gain info done.” on the status bar if
the function doing well.
Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 331

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-320 [M70] Click [Calculate] button to get NR RSSI advised DL power and gain

5.11.2 RX PathLoss
The parameter of RX path loss is used to calibrate RSSI error. This page is used to fine tune the RX path loss and
to save these settings to target or file

Classification:Confidential B

332 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support

5 RF Tools
MT6001

333
Figure 5-321 [M70] NR type 1 route Path Loss

Modem META Tool


M70 series user interface

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)


5.11.2.1
MediaTek Confidential © 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification:Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

Figure 5-322 [M70] NR type 2 route Path Loss

5.11.2.1.1 Read / Write the calibration data


Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update Path Loss of target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-323 [M70] [Read] and [Write] path loss data in NR Path Loss © 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.
Classification:Confidential B

5.11.2.1.2 Import / Export the calibration data


Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export Path Loss of file. You can see “Import data from file
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.

334 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-324 [M70] [Import] and [Export] path loss data in NR Path Loss

The following is the INI file format of Path Loss. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then change
the value based on its format.

Note: This is the one example of a NR band, where (X) and (Y) is from SW capability.
Classification:Confidential B

Tool will pop up error message, if pathloss data in the file is not matched the SW capability :

 Example: If targe supports hpm “G0,g1”; however, the key name “RX loss hpm G0,g1” does not
exist in the file.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 335

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

[NR n1 RX loss]

Route =

RF Chip ID =

DL Frequency(1KHz) =

MediaTek Confidential
RX loss hpm G(X),g(Y) =

RX loss lpm G(X),g(Y) =

Temperature Offset =

Note: This is the one example of a NR NCCA band, where partial on loss (X) , (Y) and gbg loss (L) , (M) , (N)

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


are from SW capability.

Tool will pop up error message, if pathloss data in the file is not matched the SW capability :

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


 If targe supports hpm “G0,g1” for partial on case; however, the key name “RX srx path0 partial

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


on loss for hpm G0,g1” or “RX srx path1 partial on loss for hpm G0,g1” does not exist in the file.
 If targe supports hpm “G0,g1,g0” for gbg case; however, the key name “RX srx path0 gbg loss for
hpm G0,g1,g0” or “RX srx path1 gbg loss for hpm G0,g1,g0” does not exist in the file.

[NR n1 Route NCCA0 RX loss]

Route =

RF Chip ID =

DL Frequency(1KHz) =

RX srx path0 partial on loss for hpm G(X),g(Y) =

RX srx path1 partial on loss for hpm G(X),g(Y) =

Classification:Confidential B
RX srx path0 partial on loss for lpm G(X),g(Y) =

RX srx path1 partial on loss for lpm G(X),g(Y) =

RX srx path0 gbg loss for hpm G(L),g(M),g(N) =

RX srx path1 gbg loss for hpm G(L),g(M),g(N) =

RX srx path0 gbg loss for lpm G(L),g(M),g(N) =

RX srx path1 gbg loss for lpm G(L),g(M),g(N) =

Temperature Offset =

336 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.11.3 Continuous RX
This page is used to enable RX path for input impedance tuning.

5.11.3.1 M70 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-325 [M70] NR Continuous RX


© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

5.11.3.1.1 Start / Stop testing


Specify testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it.
Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-326 [M70] Click [Start] button to trigger NR Continuous RX

5.11.4 RSRP Force Mode


This page is used to observe the RSRP and BLER by band and by route with an input NR modulation waveform.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 337

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.11.4.1 M70 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B
Figure 5-327 [M70] NR RSRP Force Mode

5.11.4.1.1 Start / Stop testing


Specify testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it. The measurement report will be updated in “RX Result” field.

338 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-328 [M70] Click [Start] button to trigger NR RSRP Force mode
Classification:Confidential B

5.11.5 RSRP Normal Mode


This page is used to observe the RSRP and BLER by band in 2RX or 4RX mode with an input NR modulation
waveform.

5.11.5.1 M70 series user interface

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 339

Modem META Tool


MediaTek Confidential © 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification:Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support

5 RF Tools
MT6001

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)


Figure 5-329 [M70] NR RSRP Normal Mode, Mimo Type[2x2]

Modem META Tool


340
Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-330 [M70] NR RSRP Normal Mode, Mimo Type[4x4]

5.11.5.1.1 Start / Stop testing


Specify testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it. The measurement report will be updated in “RX Result” field.
Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 341

Modem META Tool


MediaTek Confidential © 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification:Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support

5 RF Tools
MT6001

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)


Figure 5-331 [M70] Click [Start] button to trigger NR RSRP Normal

Modem META Tool


This page can trigger single tone TX power testing.
5.11.6 Single Tone TX

342
Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.11.6.1 M70 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-332 [M70] NR Single Tone TX

5.11.6.1.1 Start / Stop testing


Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it.
Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 343

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-333 [M70] Click [Start] button to trigger NR Single Tone TX

5.11.6.1.2 Fetch Power Detector value


Click [Fetch PD (dBm)] to get value of power detector on target.

Classification:Confidential B

344 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-334 [M70] Click [Fetch PD (dBm)] button to get PD value

5.11.7 APT Profile


This page is used for fine tune the TX configuration and profiles, and update the settings to target or file.
Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 345

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.11.7.1 M70 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-335 [M70] NR APT Profile

5.11.7.1.1 Read / Write the calibration data


Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update APT calibration data of target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

Classification:Confidential B

346 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-336 [M70] [Read] and [Write] button in NR APT profile

5.11.7.1.2 Import / Export the calibration data


Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export TPC calibration data of file. You can see “Import data from file
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.
Classification:Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 347

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-337 [M70] [Import] and [Export] button in NR APT profile

The following is the INI file format of APT profile. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then
change the value based on its format.

Note: This is the one example of a NR band

Classification:Confidential B

348 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

[NR n1 BW0 TPC]

256QAM usage =

Pa control dc2dc level =

Pa control pa gain =
MediaTek Confidential

Pa control prf =

Pa mode map =

Pa mode number =

Pa mode prf_idx =

Pa section number =
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

RF Chip ID =

Route =
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Temperature Index =
© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Temperature Offset Power detector pa 0 =

Temperature Offset Power detector pa 1 =

Temperature Offset Power detector pa 2 =

Temperature Offset pa gain pa 0 =

Temperature Offset pa gain pa 1 =

Temperature Offset pa gain pa 2 =

Tx compensation pa gain frequency(1KHz) =

Tx compensation pa gain pa 0 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa 1 =
Classification:Confidential B

Tx compensation pa gain pa 2 =

Tx compensation power detector coupler loss 0 =

Tx compensation power detector coupler loss 1 =

Tx compensation power detector coupler loss 2 =

Tx compensation power detector pa 0 =

Tx compensation power detector pa 1 =

Tx compensation power detector pa 2 =

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 349

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.11.8 Forced PUSCH TX


This page is used to observe TX waveform performance with modulated PUSCH signal for each single specific
route.

MediaTek Confidential
5.11.8.1 M70 series user interface

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-338 [M70] NR Forced PUSCH TX

5.11.8.1.1 Start / Stop testing


Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it.

Classification:Confidential B

350 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 5-339 [M70] Click [Start] button to trigger NR Forced PUSCH TX


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

5.11.9 Normal PUSCH TX


© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

This page is used to observe TX waveform performance with modulated PUSCH signal for different scenarios,
CA and MIMO is supported in this page.

5.11.9.1 M70 series user interface


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 5-340 [M70] NR Normal PUSCH TX

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 351

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
5 RF Tools

5.11.9.1.1 Start / Stop testing


Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it.

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 5-341 [M70] Click [Start] button to trigger NR Normal PUSCH TX

Classification:Confidential B

352 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Console Tool

6 Console Tool

Currently, Modem Meta Console Tool supports smart phone via USB cable. Settings for connection into META
mode are collected via INI file as following.
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 6-1 [Console Tool] Config_maui.xml

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 353

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Console Tool

a. Connection section

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 6-2 [Console Tool] Connection section

Table 6-1 [Console Tool] The key string of Platform type

 Platform type:

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Key string Usage Parameter
PlatformType Set the connection You can refer to the UI settings
platform type

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Table 6-2 [Console Tool] The key string of ComPortType

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


 ComPortType:
Key string Usage Parameter
ComPortType: Set the connection COM USB or UART
port type

Table 6-3 [Console Tool] The key string of ComPort

 ComPort:
Key string Usage Parameter
ComPort Set the connection com  Auto Connection: Use USB to connect if you don’t know the com port
port number
 COMx: x is the number that you need to download.

Classification:Confidential B
Table 6-4 [Console Tool] The key string of EnableADBServier

 EnableADBServier:
Key string Usage Parameter
EnableADBServier Enable ADB Service for AT command usage (It only support on “Platform type is 0 is disable, 1 is enable
Smart Phone”)

Table 6-5 [Console Tool] The key string of EnableSwitchModemMode

 EnableSwitchModemMode:
Key string Usage Parameter
EnableSwitchModemMode Switch the normal mode to the meta mode on modem chip (It only 0 is disable, 1 is enable
support on “platform type is Modem only and Dummy AP”)

354 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Console Tool

b. Modem action section


MediaTek Confidential

Figure 6-3 [Console Tool] Modem action section

Table 6-6 [Console Tool] The key string of SoftwareType


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

 SoftwareType:
Key string Usage Parameter
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

SoftwareType Set the usage modem  Empty: Modem META skips the setting
software type  Value: The modem software type
© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Table 6-7 [Console Tool] The key string of DB

 DB:
Key string Usage Parameter
DB Set the DB file path  Load from target: Load DB from the target
 File path: Load DB from a file path

Table 6-8 [Console Tool] The key string of OutputCalibrationDataFilePath

 OutputCalibrationDataFilePath:
Key string Usage Parameter
OutputCalibrationDataFilePath Upload the calibration  Empty: Modem META skips the setting
Classification:Confidential B

data from the target,  File path: Save calibration data to this file
and then save them to
the file. (mapping UI
update parameter)

Table 6-9 [Console Tool] The key string of CalibrationFilePath

 CalibrationFilePath:
Key string Usage Parameter
CalibrationFilePath Download the calibration  Empty: Modem META skips the setting
file to the target. (mapping  File path: Download this file to the target
UI update parameter)

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 355

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Console Tool

Table 6-10 [Console Tool] The key string of IMEI

 IMEI:
Key string Usage Parameter
IMEI Download the IMEI to the  Empty: Modem META skips the step
target. (mapping UI IMEI  IMEI List: Write the IMEI number to the target.(Example: 12345678912345,
Download ) 12345678912345)

MediaTek Confidential
Table 6-11 [Console Tool] The key string of MEID

 MEID:
Key string Usage Parameter
MEID Download the MEID to the  Empty: Modem META skips the step
target. (mapping UI MEID  MEID Number: Write the MEID number to the target.
Download )

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Table 6-12 [Console Tool] The key string of DumpRamDiskFilePath

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


 DumpRamDiskFilePath:

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Key string Usage Parameter
DumpRamDiskFilePath Dump Ram Disk from the  Empty: Modem META skips the step
target. (Mapping UI Ram  File Path: Dump the ram disk text of the target to a file.
Disk Dump). it only
supports on “Modem
only”

c. Log section

Classification:Confidential B

Figure 6-4 [Console Tool] Log section

Table 6-13 [Console Tool] The key string of ToolLogPath

 ToolLogPath:
Key string Usage Parameter
ToolLogPath Set the file path to save a  Empty: Set the default folder path(c:\MauiMETA_Log)
tool log  Folder path: Set the tool log file path

356 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Console Tool

Table 6-14 [Console Tool] The key string of ComportLogEnable

 ComportLogEnable:
Key string Usage Parameter
ComportLogEnable Enable comport log. 0 is disable, 1 is enable
Must assign ToolLogPath
first.
MediaTek Confidential

Table 6-15 [Console Tool] The key string of ModemLogto

 ModemLogto:
Key string Usage Parameter
ModemLogto Select the modem log  Empty: the modem log is not available
mode  Catcher / ELT: log to Catcher or ELT
 Dump to File: log to PC file
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Table 6-16 [Console Tool] The key string of ModemLogPath


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

 ModemLogPath:
© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Key string Usage Parameter


ModemLogPath Set the modem log folder  Empty: Set the default folder path(c:\MauiMETA_Log)
path for logging to a PC file  Folder path: Set the Modem log file path

Table 6-17 [Console Tool] The key string of ModemLogFilter


 ModemLogFilter:
Key string Usage Parameter
ModemLogFilter Set the modem filter File path: Use this file to set the Modem filter

Table 6-18 [Console Tool] The key string of APLogto

 APLogto:
Classification:Confidential B

Key string Usage Parameter


APLogto Select the AP log mode (it  Empty: AP log is not available
only supports on “Platform  GAT: Log to GAT Tool
type is Smart Phone”)  Dump to File: Log to PC file

Table 6-19 [Console Tool] The key string of APLogPath

 APLogPath:
Key string Usage Parameter
APLogPath Set the modem log folder  Empty: Set the default folder path(c:\MauiMETA_Log)
path for logging to a PC file.  Folder path: Set the AP log file path
it only supports on
“Platform type is Smart
Phone”

d. Disconnect section

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 357

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Console Tool

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 6-5 [Console Tool] Disconnection section

Table 6-20 [Console Tool] The key string of Backup

 Backup:
Key string Usage Parameter
Backup Enable backup to Backup 0 is disable, 1 is enable
Partition/SDS before

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


disconnect.

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Table 6-21 [Console Tool] The key string of AfterDisconnect

 AfterDisconnect:

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Key string Usage Parameter
AfterDisconnect Set the action after Shutdown: Shutdown the target after disconnection.
disconnect Reboot: Reboot the target to normal mode.

Table 6-22 [Console Tool] The key string of ClearMetaBootModeFlag

 ClearMetaBootModeFlag:
Key string Usage Parameter
ClearMetaBootModeFlag Decide to clear meta boot mode flag after disconnect. You need to set the AP 0 is not clear, 1 is clear
DB.

Table 6-23 [Console Tool] The key string of ApDB

 ApDB: Classification:Confidential B
Key string Usage Parameter
ApDB Decide the data base of AP load. If you need to clear the meta boot mode flag, you File path: Set the AP DB
have to set the AP data base. file path

e. RF Calibration section

358 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Console Tool
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 6-6 [Console Tool] RFCalibration section

Table 6-24 [Console Tool] The key string of CfgFilePath

 CfgFilePath:
Key string Usage Parameter
CfgFilePath [Required] Specify the cfg file path. File path: set the cfg file path.
Classification:Confidential B

Table 6-25 [Console Tool] The key string of IniFilePath

 IniFilePath:
Key string Usage Parameter
IniFilePath [Required] Specify the ini file path. File path: set the ini file path.

Table 6-26 [Console Tool] The key string of ResultFileName

 ResultFileName:
Key string Usage Parameter
ResultFileName [Required] Specify the result file name The string of result file name.
(Barcode).

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 359

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Console Tool

Table 6-27 [Console Tool] The key string of ResultFolderPath

 ResultFolderPath:
Key string Usage Parameter
ResultFolderPath [Required] Specify the folder path of Folder path: set the folder path of result.
calibration result.

MediaTek Confidential
Table 6-28 [Console Tool] The key string of CalTestExportedFilePath

 CalTestExportedFilePath:
Key string Usage Parameter
CalTestExportedFilePath [Required] Specify the exported file of calibration and test File path. Use "Export" function in RF
item. calibration tool to generate the file.

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Table 6-29 [Console Tool] The key string of BackupCalData

 BackupCalData:

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Key string Usage Parameter
BackupCalData If META will Back up calibration data to the target after 1: back up (default)

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


calibration success. 0: don’t back up.

Table 6-30 [Console Tool] The key string of IncreaseBarCodeWhenSuccess/ IncreaseBarCodeWhenFailed

 IncreaseBarCodeWhenSuccess/ IncreaseBarCodeWhenFailed:
Key string Usage Parameter
IncreaseBarCodeWhenSuccess/ Increate the barcode when success/failed. Number: increase value.
IncreaseBarCodeWhenFailed

Table 6-31 [Console Tool] The key string of StopWhenFailed

 StopWhenFailed:
Key string Usage Parameter

Classification:Confidential B
StopWhenFailed If META will stop when calibration failed (for stress test usage). 1: stop
0: don’t stop (default)

Table 6-32 [Console Tool] The key string of ApDbPath

 ApDbPath:
Key string Usage Parameter
ApDbPath Specify if the AP DB path if needed. File path: set the AP DB path

360 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Console Tool

Table 6-33 [Console Tool] The key string of Md1DbPath

 Md1DbPath:
Key string Usage Parameter
Md1DbPath Specify the MD1 DB path if needed. “Load from target”: Load DB from target
File path: load DB from file path
MediaTek Confidential

6.1 Console mode operation


Table 6-34 [Console Tool] Modem META console mode operation

Command Options
MetaConsoleTool.exe [Option]  -i, --init-file <file path> Initial setting file.
 -?, -h, --help Displays this help.

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

-v, --version Displays version information.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 6-7 [Console Tool] Modem META console mode operation

6.2 Use command line steps to open the console mode


You can use the following steps to open the console mode before connect to the smart phone.

Step1: Open the cmd.exe.


Classification:Confidential B

Figure 6-8 [Console Tool] Open the cmd.exe

Step2: Enter the tool folder. For example: cd /d D:\xxxx\xxx.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20) 361

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Console Tool

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 6-9 [Console Tool] Enter the tool folder

Step3: Enter the command. For example: MetaConsoleTool.exe -i setting.ini.

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Figure 6-10 [Console Tool] Enter the command

Step4: Plug in the device.

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2017 - 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification:Confidential B

362 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V1.9 (2019-11-20)

Modem META Tool

You might also like